Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Gold / Hermès / FY2020 Annual Report

Hermès
Annual Report 2020

RMS · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker RMS
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Gold
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Hermès
Loading PDF…
CONTINUED 
GROWTH 
REFLECTS OUR 
STRATEGY IN 
ACTION

CORPORATE 
DIRECTORY

DIRECTORS

Kevin Lines – BSc (Geology), MAusIMM, MAICD (resigned 30 September 2020) 
Independent Non-Executive Chairman

Mark Zeptner – BEng (Hons) Mining, MAusIMM, MAICD  
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Michael Bohm – BAppSc (Mining Engineering), MAusIMM, MAICD  
(acting Chair from 1 October 2020)  
Independent Non-Executive Director

David Southam – B. Com, CPA, MAICD 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Natalia Streltsova – MSc, PhD (Chem Eng), GAICD  (appointed 1 October 2019) 
Independent Non-Executive Director

COMPANY SECRETARY

Richard Jones – BA (Hons), LLB

CHIEF FINANCIAL 
OFFICER

CHIEF OPERATING 
OFFICER

GENERAL MANAGER – 
EXPLORATION

PRINCIPAL REGISTERED 
OFFICE

SHARE REGISTRY

Tim Manners – BBus (Accounting), FCA, MAICD

Duncan Coutts – BEng (Hons) Mining, MAusIMM

Kevin Seymour – BSc (Geology), MAusIMM

Level 1, 130 Royal Street 
East Perth WA 6004 
+ 61 8 9202 1127

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited 
Level 5, 115 Grenfell Street 
Adelaide SA 5000 
1300 556 161 (within Australia) 
+ 61 3 9415 4000 (outside Australia)

AUDITOR

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
Tower 2, Brookfield Place 
125 St Georges Terrace 
Perth WA 6000

STOCK EXCHANGE 
LISTING

Ramelius Resources Limited (RMS) shares are listed  
on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX)

WEBSITE

www.rameliusresources.com.au

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Key Operational Highlights for the Year  

Chairman’s Report   

Managing Director’s Report 

Review of Operations 

Overview 

Operational Summary 

Mt Magnet 

Edna May 

Development & Exploration Projects 

Resources and Reserves 

Company Summary 

Mineral Resources  

Ore Reserves  

Competent Persons 

Sustainability Report 

2020 Achievements 

About Ramelius 

Our Business 

Our People 

Our Communities 

Our Environment 

Performance Data 

Annual Financial Report 

Directors’ Report 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Income Statement 

Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Balance Sheet 

Statement of Changes in Equity 

Statement of Cash Flows   

Notes to the Financial Statements    

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Shareholder Information 

02

06

08

12

13

14

15

18

19

24

24

25

27

28

30

32

35

41

44

48

51

55

58

60

81

84

84

85

86

87

89

137

138

143

1

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KEY OPERATIONAL
HIGHLIGHTS FOR THE YEAR

Acquisition of the Penny Gold Project 
(Spectrum Metals Limited)  on 17 March 2020

The Penny Gold Project currently has a Mineral Resource of 300,000oz 
and an Ore Reserve of 230,000oz helping Ramelius extend the Life of 
Mine Plan by

34% to 1.45Moz.

Commencement of mining operations at the 
Marda Gold Project

The Mining Proposal and Mine Closure Plan for the Marda 
Gold Project were approved in September 2019.

A total of

449k tonnes

were mined in the financial year at a grade of 
1.78 g/t for

25,656oz

of contained gold.

As at 30 June 2020 a total of 276k tonnes of ore  
was stockpiled at site awaiting haulage to Edna May  
for processing.

2

Ramelius Resources

Commencement of mining operations at the 
Greenfinch open pit (Edna May)

Clearing Permit application for the Greenfinch open pit project, adjacent to  
the Company’s Edna May gold operations in Western Australia granted on  
3 October 2019.

Received the final Federal Controlled Action environmental approval  
to proceed with the project on 28 January 2020.

Ore mining commenced in March 2020. A total of  

117k tonnes were mined in the financial year at a grade of 
0.89 g/t for 3,380oz of contained gold. Mine performance 

has been in line with the mine plan and grades are expected to increase as the 
pit reaches depth.

Annual Report 2020

3

OUR CORPORATE 
STRATEGY

•  Actively seek to grow 

production beyond 300koz pa

•  Maintain mine life beyond five 
years through exploration  
and acquisition

OUR MISSION

44

Ramelius Resources

Ramelius ResourcesAND WE WILL  
DO THIS BY

1.  Securing a third production centre

2.  Establishing a suitable organisational structure

3.  Leveraging high gold price to convert more 

Resources to Reserves

4.  Further embedding Company culture and 

consistency across the business 

OUR VALUES

At Ramelius Resources, we are defined by the 
following core values: 

Our culture is defined by a ‘fit for purpose and 
can-do’ attitude.

5

Annual Report 2020CHAIRMAN’S REPORT

DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDERS,

It is my great pleasure to report that Ramelius Resources Limited 
has continued to record very strong growth both financially and 
operationally in the financial year ended 30 June 2020.  
The Company reported:

•  Net profit before tax of $149.5 million; 

•  Net Profit after tax of $113.4 million;

•  Gold sales of 228,210 ounces generating revenue of  

$460.6 million and;

• 

Cash and gold (net of debt) at 30 June 2020 of $161.1 million.

Each of these results are records for Ramelius and reflect the 
excellent underlying operational performance and the focussed 
financial management across our multiple mining operations. These 
achievements are all the more impressive when considered in light 
of the restrictions placed on the Company by the global COVID-19 
pandemic. The response of the Ramelius team to the coronavirus 
outbreak has been outstanding, firstly ensuring the safety of our 
workforce, whilst allowing the almost seamless continuation of mining 
operations.

OUR PROJECTS

At Edna May, 315km east of Perth, permitting delays for the 
commencement of open-pit mining at Greenfinch resulted in a 
reduction in available mill feed and a subsequent cutback of processing 
operations for a portion of the year. The successful resolution of the 
permitting issues has allowed operations to return to full capacity and 
it is a credit to all of our team for achieving a very pleasing outcome to 
what were very taxing issues. The Marda operations, located 170km 
north-northeast of Edna May, and acquired in the 2019 financial year, 
were brought into production during the year with multiple open-pits 
providing important higher-grade feed to the Edna May mill. Similarly 
the Edna May underground mine has continued to perform strongly 
with output increasing during the year whilst development has advanced 
at depth and deeper drilling has been undertaken to define the full 
potential of this resource. At the Tampia Hill project, near Narembeen, 
240km east of Perth, our efforts have been directed at advancing 
our understanding of the optimum development pathway, with the 
Company looking forward to operations commencing in 2021.  

Exploration has continued during the year over our 
strategic landholding, to the south of Edna May, with 
encouraging results continuing to be returned, particularly 
in the region of the Symes’ Find deposit.

It has been an excellent year at Mt Magnet where the 
team continued to deliver on both the operation and 
exploration fronts. The Eridanus open pit formed the 
backbone of production feeding the Mt Magnet mill and 
performed above expectations throughout the year. At 
the same time drilling at depth below the initial pit defined 
substantial additional Resources that have supported an 
increased Reserve and deeper final pit. Exploration focus 
at Eridanus has now turned to studying the potential for 
a bulk-mining underground operation after completion of 
the open-pit. The lower-grade, baseload, mill feed from 
Eridanus has been complemented by excellent grades and 
tonnages from the new Shannon underground mine.  
At our Vivien underground mining operation near Leinster, 
work has focussed on establishing the access to deeper 
levels of the mine following last year’s approval to extend 
mine life.

SPECTRUM METALS LTD TAKEOVER

In a bid to maximise the ongoing financial performance 
of the Company’s assets at Mt Magnet, your Company 
launched a takeover offer for Spectrum Metals Limited 
(Spectrum) in February 2020. The primary asset of 
Spectrum was the high-grade Penny project, located 
150kms south-east of Mt Magnet. This exciting Resource 
provided the opportunity for significant additional high-
grade feed to the Mt Magnet mill, improving financial 
returns and extending overall mine life. With the 
unanimous support of the Spectrum Board the takeover 
was completed by 23 June 2020, a result that reflects  
very positively on the developing corporate M&A  
skills at Ramelius.

6

Ramelius Resources

LIFE OF MINE PLAN

STEPPING DOWN

Subsequent to the end of the financial year, the Company 
announced that I will be standing down as Chairman  
and resigning from the Board of Ramelius effective  
30th September 2020. It has been my privilege to have 
served on the Board over the last 12 years and to have 
been witness to the evolution of Ramelius from a mining 
minnow to its current standing as a respected mid-tier 
Australian gold company. My decision to retire has been 
made for both personal and professional reasons but I 
believe it is in the best interests of Ramelius and allows 
for the continuing Board renewal that I consider is a 
prerequisite to further corporate growth.

I take this, my final opportunity, to thank our employees 
and contractors for their continuing efforts during the past 
year. I also would like to particularly thank our Managing 
Director, Mark Zeptner and the management team, as 
well as my fellow Non-Executive Directors, Mike Bohm, 
David Southam and Natalia Streltsova.

On behalf of the Board, I also thank all of you, our 
shareholders, for your ongoing support and wish you all 
the very best in the year ahead.

Kevin Lines

Chairman 
Ramelius Resources Ltd

The combination of these Exploration, Corporate and Mine 
optimisation efforts has culminated during the year with the release, 
in June, of the Company’s revised Life of Mine plan. This plan identifies 
over 1.45M ounces of gold and forecasts production from our dual 
operating centres, to be in excess of 250,000 ounces per annum over 
at least the next four years followed by continuing solid production for 
a further two years. These results are very significant for the Company 
and are a credit to a great many employees and contractors across  
our operations.

EXTENDED CAPACITY

The efforts of your Company have been appreciated by the market 
with a growing recognition, not just of the capability of our team 
to continuously deliver on forecasts, but the expanding capacity of 
Ramelius to action growth initiatives in a timely and cost-effective 
manner. As a result, in the period 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2020;

• 

Ramelius share price appreciated 176%.

•  Market Capitalisation appreciated 236%;

•  Market Capitalisation (at A$1.99/share) had risen to A$1.6 billion.

Subsequent to the year end and following the September Quarter 
Rebalance of the S&P/ASX indices, Ramelius was, for the first time, 
included in the S&P/ASX200. This is a particularly important event in 
the Company’s history and strengthens our appeal within the broader 
investment community. 

DIVIDENDS

On the back of the Company’s financial performance in the 2020 
financial year it is pleasing that the Board has been able to approve the 
payment of a fully franked dividend of 2.0 cents per share. This payment 
doubles the dividend paid to shareholders in the 2019 financial year and 
represents a payout ratio of 12% when compared to Basic Earnings Per 
Share of 16.4 cents.

Your Board remains focussed on continuing to grow your investment in 
the Company by prudent use of capital on exploration, asset acquisition 
and corporate activities. In parallel with these initiatives Ramelius 
will continue to monitor an often rapidly changing external business 
environment to ensure the Company retains the necessary skills to 
manage change at all levels within the organisation.

Annual Report 2020

7

 
MANAGING  
DIRECTOR’S REPORT

DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDERS,

It is with a certain sense of satisfaction that I look back on the 
achievements of the 2020 financial year. Not only was it the most 
successful year in Ramelius’ history from an operational and financial 
point of view, further important steps were taken to ensure the 
Company continues to represent one of the standout investment 
choices amongst mid-tier Australian gold producers.

On the operational front, Ramelius delivered record full-year gold 
production of 230,426 ounces from our Mt Magnet and Edna May 
production centres, aided in no small part by the June 2020 Quarter  
in which we produced 86,517 ounces, beating our original guidance  
for the Quarter by more than 16,000 ounces.

Coming as it did in a period of stronger gold prices and with typical 
Ramelius diligence applied to keeping costs under control, the record 
full-year production result translated into a record net profit after tax  
of $113.4 million, a 420% improvement on the prior year.

This helped ensure the balance sheet was in sturdy health at the end  
of the year. With the Company carrying $185.5 million in cash and 
bullion and $24.4 million in debt at 30 June whilst having met the 
necessary criteria, we were able to declare a fully franked dividend  
of 2.0c per share.

PENNY GOLD PROJECT

Leading a dividend-paying gold miner is a particular source of pride for 
me and I am confident that we are currently striking the right balance 
between returning funds to shareholders and ensuring that sufficient 
capital is available to fund exploration and project development and to 
act on any potential acquisition opportunities as they arise.

With regards to the latter, we again demonstrated our willingness 
to move on the right opportunity in February when we made a 
recommended takeover offer for Spectrum Metals Limited, owner of 
the Penny Gold Project, one of the highest grade undeveloped gold 
assets in Australia.

The development of Penny Gold Project, which is located 150km 
south-east of our Mt Magnet operations, is expected to begin in the 
September Quarter next year. First production is scheduled for late in 
financial year 2022, although there is a possibility that we will be able to 
compress the project timeline and bring that date forward.

The Pre-Feasibility Study (PFS) completed on the Penny 
Gold Project in June demonstrated that the project will 
deliver significant cashflows to the Company. Based on the 
PFS, the mine should produce an initial 230,000 ounces at 
an all-in sustaining cost of just A$703 an ounce. We hope 
 to add substantially to the life of the project through 
further exploration.

MINE PLAN

Other milestones on the project development front 
included the start of mining at Marda, completion of the 
Tampia Feasibility Study delivering a major reduction in 
upfront capital, the approval of a significantly larger open 
pit development at Eridanus and after a lengthy wait and 
much negotiation with the state government, receipt of a 
Clearing Permit for the Greenfinch open pit at Edna May.

These projects were all factored into the updated Mine 
Plan, released to the market at the end of June, which 
details the production of 1.45 million ounces of gold 
across eight years to financial year 2028. In total, this is 
34% higher than the previous plan published in June 2019 
and another example of the progressive growth that the 
Company has been able to deliver.

PRODUCTION GOALS

At present, we are guiding for production of 260,000-
280,000 ounces of gold at an AISC of A$1,230-1,330  
an ounce in the 2021 financial year, which would again  
be a record.

With the aim of extending our production profile out 
further, there are multiple studies underway looking at 
converting more of our large resource base into mineable 
reserves. These include examining bulk underground 
mining options at Eridanus, Galaxy and Morning Star, all at 
Mt Magnet, as well as re-visiting the large Stage 3 open pit 
cutback at Edna May. We are also exploring the prospect 
of expanding the processing plant at Mt Magnet.

8

Ramelius Resources

A PROSPEROUS FUTURE

It has been gratifying to see the strong operating 
performance and clearly articulated growth strategy meet 
with increasing recognition from investors over recent 
years. From 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2020, the Ramelius 
share price rose from 72c to $1.99, with the Company’s 
market capitalisation increasing to $1.6 billion.

The upward trend in the share price continued early in 
the new financial year and we were pleased to receive 
notification recently that Ramelius would be included 
in the S&P/ASX200 at the September 2020 Quarterly 
Rebalance. Inclusion in the index is expected to lead to 
broader investor recognition.

In reflecting on the achievements of the past year, it 
would be remiss of me not to acknowledge the efforts of 
Ramelius staff and contractors. They navigated through the 
uncertainty that came with the COVID-19 pandemic with 
aplomb and deserve great credit for the operational and 
financial outcomes we have been able to deliver.

SUMMARY

On a final note, I would again like to express my gratitude 
to Kevin Lines, who retired as Chairman at the end of 
September after 12 years of continuous service on the 
Ramelius Board. The integral role Kevin has played in the 
success of the Company will never be forgotten and I am 
extremely grateful for the support he has provided me 
personally over the past two and a half years since he took 
over the chairmanship. We all wish Kevin, and his wife 
Heather, all the best in retirement.

I thank you as well for your ongoing support of Ramelius 
and I look forward to another year of significant 
achievements ahead.

Mark Zeptner

Managing Director 
Ramelius Resources Ltd

Key Financial 
Highlights

10+  
years

AS A SUCCESSFUL  
GOLD MINER

230,426 
ounces

OVER THE YEAR

$19.8 
million

SPENT ON EXPLORATION

$113.4 
million

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX

Annual Report 2020

9

 
THANK YOU FOR A  
DECADE OF SERVICE

Kevin Lines – Outgoing Chairman

2008
April   Appointed 
to Board of 
Ramelius

May   Recommenced 

open pit mining at 
Wattle Dam

Drilling identifies 
very high grade 
underground 
potential

2009
April/  Raised $13.4  
May  million and  

committed to  
underground  
mine at  
Wattle Dam

June   Joe Houldsworth 

retires as MD

Ian Gordon 
appointed CEO

July   Dioro 

Exploration 
takeover 
announced as 
counter-bid to 
Avoca Resources

2010
Feb   Ramelius reached over 
37% in Dioro then 
accepted into  
the Avoca offer

Sale of Avoca shares 
raised $20 million

July  Purchased Mt 
Magnet from 
Harmony for 
$35 million (plus 
$5 million in 
environmental 
bonds)

Oct  Ian Gordon  

appointed MD 

2011
April   Approval to 
commence 
mining at Mt 
Magnet 

June   Joe 

Houldsworth 
retires from 
Board

Beach Energy 
sell their stake 
in Ramelius held 
since the float

2012
Feb  Announced 
$10 million 
acquisition of 
Vivien from 
Gold Fields

Transaction 
completed 
September 2013

Mar  Mark Zeptner 

appointed COO

Aug  Reg Nelson 
resigns as a 
Director

Oct  Michael Bohm 
joins Board as 
Non-Executive 
Director

Board members Mike Bohm, Mark Zeptner, Kevin Lines and 
David Southam on-site.

10

Ramelius Resources 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014
Mar  Mark Zeptner 

2015
May  Vivien 

2017
Sept   Discovery 

2018
Mar   Bob Kennedy 

2019
Feb 

appointed CEO 
replacing Ian 
Gordon

 June   Acquisition of 

commences 
mining and 
Kathleen Valley  
given go-ahead

Kathleen Valley 
for $4.1 million 
announced

July  Mark Zeptner 
joins the Board 
as MD

 Sept  Ian Gordon 
resigns from 
Board

of Shannon 
Underground 
Deposit at 
Mount Magnet 

Oct   Acquisition 

of Edna 
May from 
Evolution for 
$40 million 
plus royalties

Dec  Discovery 
of the 
500,000 oz 
Au Eridanus 
Deposit 
at Mount 
Magnet

passes away

Kevin Lines 
appointed 
Chairman

July   David Southam 
joins the 
Board as 
Non-Executive 
Director

Sept   Takeover of 
Explaurum 
Limited 
(ASX:EXU) 
announced

Offer to 
acquire Marda 
announced

       Office 

consolidation in 
Perth completed

EXU takeover 
reaches 90% 
(for approx. 
$67M)

Marda purchase 
completed (for 
approx. $13M)

Aug  First Dividend 

payment to 
shareholders 
under 
new policy 
announced

Oct  Natalia 

Streltsova 
joins Board as 
Non-Executive 
Director

2020
Feb 

Spectrum 
Metals 
Limited 
(ASX:SPX) 
takeover 
announced

May  SPX bid 

completed for 
$171 million

Sept  Ramelius 

enters S&P/
ASX200 Index 

Kevin Lines 
retires

11

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF 
OPERATIONS

Overview  

Operational Summary 

Mt Magnet 

Edna May  

Development & Exploration Projects 

13

14

15

18

19

12 Ramelius Resources

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OVERVIEW

Ramelius is an established mid-tier ASX200 gold production 

and exploration company. Ramelius achieved record annual 

gold production for the financial year of 230,426 ounces and 

has averaged production of in excess of 200,000 ounces per 

annum over the last three financial years. 

Ramelius had a remarkable year reporting a 397% increase in earnings 

before interest and tax (EBIT) compared to the 2019 financial year.  

The reported EBIT for the 2020 financial year was $152.5 million  

(2019: $30.7 million). This performance has been driven by increasing 

grades across the operations (notably at Mt Magnet) and a strong A$  

gold price. In addition to the strong EBIT the operating cashflows also 

reported a significant increase of 72% to $236.0 million. Further details  

on the financial performance of the group for the 2020 financial year  

can be found in the financial review section of the Directors’ Report.

Production guidance for the 2021 financial year has been set at  

260,000 – 280,000 ounces which, if achieved, will be another record  

year for Ramelius. Furthermore, a life of mine plan was released on  

30 June 2020 which detailed annual gold production averaging over 

250,000 ounces out to the 2025 financial year. This represents a 25% 

increase in the average annual production and an extension of two  

years on the prior year life of mine plan.

Figure 1: Ramelius’ operations locations

Annual Report 2020

1313

Annual Report 2020REVIEW OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW (CONTINUED)

As noted, during the 2020 year the 

company produced a record 230,426 

ounces from its Mt Magnet, Vivien, 

Edna May, and Marda gold mines at 

an All-In Sustaining Cost (AISC) of 

A$1,164 per ounce. This is the 6th 

consecutive year the group’s AISC 

has been below A$1,200 per ounce 

(refer Figure 2). 

Sales for the year totalled 228,210 

ounces at an average realised gold 

price of A$2,014 generating a strong 

AISC margin of A$850 per ounce.

Figure 2: AISC per ounce and realised gold price for 2015 to 2020

OPERATIONAL SUMMARY

Table 1: Mine operations performance for the 2020 financial year
1In the below table and throughout this report Mt Magnet includes the Vivien gold mine whilst the Edna May operation includes the Marda Gold Project.

Unit

Mt Magnet1

Edna May1

2020 Group

2019 Group

Change

Change %

kt

g/t

oz

kt

g/t

oz

kt

kt

g/t

oz

%

oz

oz

oz

2,940

1.30

122,844

502

5.84

94,270

566

1.60

29,036

139

4.86

3,506

1.35

151,880

641

5.63

21,758

116,028

2,576   

1.26

104,530

337

5.04

54,591

930

0.09

47,350

304

0.59

61,437

+  36 %

+   7 %

+  45 %

+  90 %

+  12 %

+ 113 %

3,442

705

4,147

2,912

1,235

+  42 %

1,973

2.74

173,622

96.5

167,507

167,129

2,262

0.99

71,697

91.2

65,360

63,297

4,235 

1.80 

245,319 

94.9 

232,867

230,426

4,804

1.33

205,921

94.8

195,264

196,679

(569)

0.47

39,398

0.1

37,603

33,747

-  12 %

+  35 %

+  19 %

+   0 %

+  19 %

+  17 %

163,696

64,514

228,210

203,318

24,892

+  12 %

Open Pit
High grade ore mined

Grade

Contained gold

Underground
High grade ore mined

Grade

Contained gold

Total ore mined

Mill Production
Tonnes milled

Grade

Contained gold

Recovery

Recovered gold

Gold poured

Gold sold

14

Ramelius ResourcesREVIEW OF OPERATIONS

MT MAGNET

Figure 3: Mt Magnet key mining and exploration areas

MINING

Operations at Mt Magnet continued on a multi pit / underground basis throughout the 2020 financial year with ore being 

milled from five open pit and four underground projects. A summary of the main projects for the year is provided below:

Area

Milky Way

Type

Open Pit

Operational commentary

Mining at Milky Way was completed during the year with 371k tonnes mined at a grade of 1.24 g/t.  
A total of 409k tonnes were milled during the year at a grade of 1.24 g/t for recovered gold of 
15,409 ounces. 

At the end of the year there remained just over 400k tonnes of high grade Milky Way ore 
stockpiled, which is comparable to the opening stockpile position. The higher grade Eridanus ore 
was preferentially treated during the year. 

Stellar 

Open Pit

Spectacular drill results in the prior year led to a redesign of the mine plan for Stellar. 

Mining of the redesigned pit commenced in March 2020, later than expected, with operations 
focussing on Eridanus. By the completion of the year the Stellar pit cut back had advanced to reach 
the upper levels of the high grade ore zone.

A total of 52k tonnes were mined at a grade of 1.11 g/t with the main ore body scheduled to be 
mined early in the 2021 financial year. A minimal amount of ore was processed from Stellar (and 
Stellar West) during the year with the higher grade Eridanus and Shannon ores being preferentially 
treated.

15

Annual Report 2020REVIEW OF OPERATIONS

MT MAGNET (CONTINUED)

MINING

Area

Eridanus

Type

Open Pit

Operational commentary

Eridanus was the main ore source at Mt Magnet during the year making up 49% of the ore feed.  
The Eridanus open pit performed exceptionally well during the year with production overperforming 
against the Ore Reserve in both tonnages and grade. 

Extensive RC drilling was undertaken in the first half of the year, which, in December, resulted in a 
226% increase in the Mineral Resource reported in 2018 for Eridanus. (refer to ASX Announcement 
dated 23 December 2019 “Major resource increase at Eridanus (Mt Magnet)”).

Following on from this, a new open pit Ore Reserve of 5.2 million tonnes at 1.20 g/t for 194,000 
ounces of gold was announced in April 2020. (refer to ASX Announcement dated 30 April 2020 
“Ramelius Life of Mine Update”).

This Ore Reserve upgrade has allowed for a significantly larger open pit mine to be designed with a 
Stage 2 pit cut-back commencing in July 2020.

Total high grade ore mined for the year was 2,306k tonnes at a grade of 1.33 g/t. The Eridanus high 
grade ore was preferentially treated throughout the year due to the higher grades being available. A 
total of 960k tonnes were milled at a grade of 1.90 g/t and recovery of 94.9% for recovered gold of 
55,553 ounces.

At the end of the year there was 1,353k tonnes of high grade Eridanus ore stockpiled which will 
provide the base load mill feed in the 2020 financial year as the Eridanus Stage 2 cut-back is mined.

Vegas

Open Pit

Mining of the small Vegas pit, which was mined to provide oxide BIF ore for blending purposes, was 
completed during the year.

During the year 211k tonnes were mined at a grade of 1.12 g/t with 93k tonnes being milled at a 
grade of 0.97 g/t and a recovery of 95.3% for recovered gold of 2,773 ounces.

Just under 200k tonnes remain stockpiled at year end for selective processing in the 2021  
financial year.

Shannon

Underground

The Shannon underground mine performed very well during the year with production grades 
exceeding expectations with significant visible, nuggety gold occurring within the quartz lode.

During the year, 158k tonnes were milled at a grade of 9.66 g/t and a recovery of 98.1% for 
recovered gold of 48,237 ounces. 

Development for the year at Shannon totalled 3,798 metres.

Water Tank Hill

Underground

Late in the 2019 financial year several additional small stoping areas were identified with the mining 
of these areas continuing at modest volumes throughout the 2020 financial year. 

Hill 60

Underground

Vivien

Underground

A total of 47k tonnes were milled at a grade of 2.96 g/t and recovery of 97.6% for recovered gold of 
4,373 ounces.

Development work continued at the Hill 60 underground mine throughout the year with a total 
of 3,032 metres of development taking place. Several ore drive levels were accessed with stoping 
production commencing in the second half of the year. 

During the year 104k tonnes were milled at a grade of 2.26 g/t and a recovery of 97.9% for 
recovered gold of 7,362 ounces. 

Stoping production will ramp up and continue throughout the 2021 financial year.

The Vivien mine was previously scheduled for completion in the 2020 financial year. However, the 
success of drilling added both Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves to the mine plan (refer to ASX 
Announcement dated 12 September 2019 “Vivien Underground Extended to June 2021”).

As part of this mine life extension, the mining contractor was changed to RUC Cementation Mining 
and significant development work extending the mine life was undertaken. 

Total high grade mill production from Vivien was 186k tonnes at a grade of 5.72 g/t and recovery of 
97.5% for recovered gold of 33,313 ounces. 

The current mine plan for Vivien has operations extending out to early in the 2022 financial year.

16

Ramelius ResourcesREVIEW OF OPERATIONS

MT MAGNET (CONTINUED)

MILLING
Table 2: Mt Magnet mill production for the 2020 financial year

Mill Production
Tonnes milled

Grade

Contained gold

Recovery

Recovered gold

Gold poured

Gold sold

Unit

2020

2019

Change %

kt

g/t

oz

%

oz

oz

oz

1,973

2.74

173,622

96.5 

167,507

167,129

1,962

1.91

120,271

95.5

114,800

114,840

+   1 %

+  43 %

+  44 %

+   1 %

+  46 %

+  46 %

163,696

119,997

+  36 %

A total of 1,973k tonnes were processed at the Mt Magnet mill during 
the year compared to 1,962k tonnes in the prior year representing a 
1% increase in throughput. Milled grades were up 43% on the prior 
year which resulted in a significant increase in gold poured of 52,289 
ounces or 46%.

Grades at Mt Magnet were up on the prior year as a result of 50% 
more underground ore being available at a grade 21% higher than 
the prior year. Underground grades were up on the prior year 
predominately due to the performance of Shannon.  

Additionally, whilst the tonnages milled from the open pit operations 
were down (with the higher grade underground ore being preferentially 
treated), the recovered gold was 17% higher than the prior year 
with higher grades being achieved. The higher open pit grades were 
attributable to the performance of the Eridanus ore which made up the 
base load feed during the 2020 financial year. 

Gold production from Mt Magnet is forecast to be approximately 
155,000 ounces in the 2021 financial year.

Annual Report 2020

17

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS

EDNA MAY

MINING

Mining operations at Edna May focused on the Edna May underground mine, Greenfinch open pit, and the recently developed Marda Gold Project 
(open pit). A summary of these projects for the year is provided as follows:

Area

Type 

Operational commentary

Edna May Underground

Underground

Development of the Edna May underground commenced late in the 2019 financial year and continued 
for the first half of the 2020 financial year.

During this development phase and into the second half of the 2020 financial year the proportion of 
stope ore production steadily increased. 

A total of 168k tonnes were milled at a grade of 4.11 g/t and recovery of 90.8% for recovered gold of 
20,204 ounces. 

Greenfinch

Open Pit

As reported earlier in this report, final Federal environmental approval for the Greenfinch open pit 
project was received late January 2020 with clearing and mining commencing shortly thereafter.

Pre strip activities dominated the mining activities with just under 1.0 million bcms being moved at a 
waste to ore strip ratio of 21.6:1.

A total of 107k tonnes were milled at a grade of 0.96 g/t and recovery of 92.8% for recovered gold of 
3,055 ounces. 

Marda

Open Pits

The Mining Proposal and Mine Closure Plan for the Marda Gold Project were approved in September 
2019 with site works and ore mining commencing shortly thereafter. 

A total of 449k tonnes were mined in the financial year at a grade of 1.78 g/t from the Python, Dugite, 
Dolly Pott, and Goldstream open pits. 

During the year 151k tonnes were milled at a grade of 2.22 g/t and a recovery of 91.8% for recovered 
gold of 9,915 ounces.

As at 30 June 2020 a total of 276k tonnes of ore remained stockpiled at the mine site awaiting haulage 
and processing.

MILLING
Table 3: Edna May mill production for the 2020 financial year 

Mill Production
Tonnes milled

Grade

Contained gold

Recovery

Recovered gold

Gold poured

Gold sold

Unit

2020

2019

Change %

kt

g/t

oz

%

oz

oz

oz

2,262

0.99

71,697

91.2

65,360

63,297

2,842

0.94

85,650

93.9

80,464

81,839

–  20 %

+   5 %

–  16 %

–   3 %

–  19 %

–  23 %

64,514

83,321

–  23 %

A total of 2,262k tonnes were processed at the Edna May mill during 
the year compared to 2,842k tonnes in the prior year representing 
a 20% decrease in throughput. Due to the delays in the Greenfinch 
open pit approvals, Edna May milling was reduced to a 12 day on 9 day 
off roster in October 2019. Milling reverted back to a 24/7 operation 
in March 2020 once the Greenfinch approvals were received. The 
milling schedule was scaled back in order to preserve low grade oxide 
stockpiles for future blending with the underground and Marda ore. 

Milled grades were up 5% on the prior year. The increased availability of 
the higher grade underground tonnes was offset in part by the use of 
low grade stockpiles at Edna May during the year. The above resulted in 
a reduction in gold poured of 18,542 ounces or 23%.

Gold production from Edna May is forecast to be approximately 
115,000 ounces in the 2021 financial year.

18

Ramelius ResourcesREVIEW OF OPERATIONS

DEVELOPMENT & EXPLORATION PROJECTS

DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS

In the 2019 Annual Report Ramelius outlined the plans for the following development projects:

•  Greenfinch (Edna May)

•  Marda Gold Project 

•  Tampia Gold Project 

Of these three development projects, mining has commenced on two projects (Greenfinch and Marda) and a  
Feasibility Study has been published for the Tampia Hill Gold Project (refer to ASX Announcement dated 30 April 2020  
“Ramelius Life of Mine Update”) with mining expected to commence towards the end of the 2021 financial year. 
 In addition to this, a Pre-Feasibility Study (PFS) was published for the recently acquired Penny Gold Project  
(Spectrum Metals Limited) (refer to ASX Announcement dated 30 June 2020 “Ramelius Extends Life of Mine Plan  

by 34% to 1.45Moz”).

TAMPIA GOLD PROJECT (NAREMBEEN, WA)

During the year various technical studies, including metallurgy, surface 
and groundwater hydrology, and ore haulage were progressed with an 
updated Ore Reserve and Feasibility Study being published in April 2020 
(refer to ASX Announcement dated 30 April 2020 “Ramelius Life of 
Mine Update”). The Feasibility Study delivered a simplified processing 
solution for the project which resulted in a significant reduction in 
capital cost (~$24 million) and a commensurate reduction in operating 
costs associated with processing. 

Negotiations are continuing for the finalisation of the compensation 
payments with landowners and with the 10% minority owner to resolve 
incomplete arrangements made with the previous 
tenement holders. In addition to this, stakeholder consultation  
with relevant Shires and regulatory bodies is ongoing with production 
expected to commence in the 2022 financial year.

The Tampia Gold Project has a Mineral Resource of 8.2Mt at 1.7 g/t for 
460,000oz of contained gold and Ore Reserves of 2.5Mt at 2.7 g/t for 
210,000oz of contained gold.

PENNY GOLD PROJECT (MURCHISON REGION, WA) 
(SPECTRUM METALS LIMITED)

With control of Spectrum Metals Limited being achieved in March 2020 
Ramelius moved quickly to complete and publish the results of the PFS 
(refer to ASX Announcement dated 30 June 2020 “Ramelius Extends 
Life of Mine Plan by 34% to 1.45Moz”). 

The PFS proposes a partial cutback of the existing Penny West  
pit to provide a suitable location for the development of the  
Penny North underground main decline portal and ventilation / egress 
adits. A small open pit is also planned to be mined on the Magenta lode 

1.5 kilometres to the north of the Penny North underground mine 
subject to the finalisation of the Feasibility Study and final investment 
decision. Underground development at the Penny Gold Project is 
scheduled to commence during the 2021 financial year with ore being 
mined in the 2022 financial year. The mining method consists of a 
conventional mechanised decline and 20m sub level development. The 
stoping method is conventional longhole drilling and blasting of up-hole 
bench stopes with a combination of in-situ pillars and cement rock fill 
stope support. Ore will be hauled along existing access and government 
roads to the Mt Magnet plant for processing.

Preparatory work is ongoing with environmental and heritage  
surveys underway, stakeholder consultation, and miscellaneous  
lease applications being made which will be incorporated into the 
Feasibility Study.

ERIDANUS (MT MAGNET)

Significant drilling and studies were undertaken during the year on 
Eridanus which resulted in substantial increases to the Mineral Resource 
and Ore Reserve for Eridanus. Eridanus is now the third largest 
endowment area in the +6 million ounce Mt Magnet gold camp, after 
Hill 50 (2.1 million ounces), and Morning Star (1.2 million ounces). 

The increased Ore Reserve resulted in a much larger open pit design 
with Mining Approvals for the Stage 2 cutback being received late in the 
financial year with operations commencing in July 2020.

Remodelling of the Eridanus underground resource, accounting  
for additional deeper diamond drilling and quartz vein-sets mapped  
in the open pit, commenced late in the year and is expected to 
be completed along with the Scoping Study early in the 2021  
financial year.

19

Annual Report 2020REVIEW OF OPERATIONS

DEVELOPMENT & EXPLORATION PROJECTS (CONTINUED)

DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS (CONTINUED) 

SHANNON & HILL 60 (MT MAGNET, WA) AND EDNA 
MAY (WESTONIA, WA)

Underground infill and resource definition diamond drilling was 
undertaken at the Mt Magnet and Edna May underground mines during 
the year. Drilling is expected to improve resource confidence for 
each deposit for ongoing mine development and potentially add extra 
resources for mine extensions.

MINING/PROCESSING STUDIES AND 
RESOURCE CONVERSION

The company plans to leverage its large resource base^, particularly at 
Mt Magnet and Edna May, over the next twelve months to ultimately 
produce a longer Life of Mine Plan (LOMP) with higher conversion of 
resources. Ramelius notes that any increase in production that is largely 
due to the higher gold price environment we are currently operating in 
will generally lead to higher underlying operating costs due to a lower 
cut-off grade being applied to design parameters. Notwithstanding, 
mining/processing studies that are currently planned for 2021 financial 
year include:

MT MAGNET

•  Galaxy (Saturn, Mars, Titan and Hill 50) – underground studies to 
look at options to convert a percentage of approximately 470koz^ 
of mineral resources into the LOMP

•  Morning Star – underground study to consider the 79koz^ mineral 
resource currently at depth as well as other nearby opportunities

•  Eridanus/Shannon/Stellar – continue work on the bulk 

underground option at Eridanus as well as accelerate extensional 
drilling at Shannon and considering underground opportunities 
below the high-grade pod at the base of the Stellar pit

•  Processing facility – the processing plant, currently operating 

between 1.9-2.0Mtpa, has previously operated up to 2.4Mtpa 
with additional secondary crushing, ball mill and leach tanks being 
decommissioned in the early 2000’s. The team is currently carrying 
out a cost/benefit analysis on this upgrade option which, based on 
previous studies, could be carried out for less than A$20.0 million.

EDNA MAY

•  Edna May underground – carry out study on bulk underground 
option and compare to current high-grade lode only mine plan 
which focuses primarily on the Fuji and Jonathan lodes

•  Edna May Stage 3 – re-visit the large cutback on the original Stage 
2 pit to potentially unlock over 500koz^ of lower grade resources 
which would potentially secure a mine life at Edna May out 
towards 10 years.

^ refer to ASX Announcement dated 10 September 2019 “Resources and Reserves Statement 2019”.

20

Ramelius ResourcesREVIEW OF OPERATIONS

DEVELOPMENT & EXPLORATION PROJECTS (CONTINUED)

EXPLORATION PROJECTS

Ramelius’ exploration activities focussed around the Mt Magnet and Edna May Gold Projects during the year.

MT MAGNET

An aggregate of 37,920m of exploratory RC drilling and 3,413m of diamond drilling (including geotechnical drilling) was completed at Mt Magnet 
during the year primarily focussing on extensions to the Eridanus open pit. Also included in this total was exploratory RC drilling at the Boomer, 
Zeus, and Orion and Valhalla (Eridanus – Franks Tower Trend) prospects. 

The major exploration activity at Mt Magnet is discussed below.

ERIDANUS DEEPS PROSPECT 

HESPERUS SOUTH PROSPECT

Drilling at the Eridanus deposit continued to deliver significant results 
with wide intersections of stockwork style mineralisation occurring 
within the Eridanus Granodiorite below the current open pit. Drilling 
took place in multiple orientations in order to work around active 
mining operations and to test the stockwork mineralisation from 
various directions. Ramelius has subsequently initiated an underground 
bulk mining Scoping Study with the aim of realising value from the 
deposit below the planned open pit.

A small program of RC drilling was completed at Hesperus South. 
The program was designed to target the depth extensions to the 
mineralised porphyries that extend throughout the Sirdar Formation 
(Galaxy banded iron, mafic and ultramafic dominated package). 
Encouraging mineralised porphyry results were returned with true 
widths remaining undetermined at this stage. Further interrogation is 
required to ascertain the significance of this drilling as a potential vector 
to deeper mineralised systems.

MABEL AND GOLDEN TREASURE PROSPECTS

Infill (resource definition) RC drilling was completed over the Mabel 
and Golden Treasure prospects during the year. Drilling was designed 
to scope below the historical Golden Treasure pit as well as test the 
mineralised banded iron formation ‘bars’ northwards towards Mabel. 
Interrogation of the drilling results is continuing.

ORION (FRANKS TOWER TREND) AND  
VALHALLA PROSPECTS

Encouraging reconnaissance RC drill results were returned from the 
newly defined Orion Prospect. Orion occupies the 600m eastern 
strike extension of the Eridanus Granodiorite before it leads into 
the historical Franks Tower pit, further east. Analogous to Eridanus, 
Orion is returning broad zones of anomalous stockwork related gold 
mineralization and shallow supergene gold mineralization throughout 
the granodiorite where it has been drill tested to date. 

Further infill drilling along this highly prospective trend (now traceable 
over 2km strike between Eridanus and the old Valhalla pit) is underway.

PENNY GOLD PROJECT (MURCHISON REGION, WA) 
(SPECTRUM METALS LIMITED)

Ramelius fast tracked the completion of 4,222m of resource definition 
RC drilling and 1,517m of diamond drilling at the Penny West, Penny 
North and Magenta prospects during the year. The high-grade Penny 
North mineralisation was enhanced with a geotechnical diamond hole 
into the top of the resource.

In addition to this, encouraging intersections confirm further high-grade 
gold mineralisation within the Penny West Lode immediately below 
the pit. 

At Magenta, located 1.8km north and along strike of the Penny West 
pit, a resource-definition programme of shallow infill RC drilling was 
completed. The drilling aimed to improve confidence in reported 
shallow oxide intersections ahead of resource modelling and pit 
optimisation work. The results of the resource modelling will be 
integrated into the Penny Feasibility Study. The drill results are in line 
with expectations.

21

Annual Report 2020REVIEW OF OPERATIONS

DEVELOPMENT & EXPLORATION PROJECTS (CONTINUED)

EXPLORATION PROJECTS (CONTINUED) 

EDNA MAY

An aggregate of 13,631m of RC drilling along with 66,362m of reconnaissance Aircore drilling took place in the year throughout the  
Edna May / Tampia / Marda region (see figure 4).

Low order anomalous Aircore results (4m composites >100ppb Au) have been identified from several prospects that will require infill Aircore 
traverses and/or deeper RC drill testing as/when access is permissible.

GIBB ROCK FARM-IN AND JOINT VENTURE PROJECT – 
RAMELIUS EARNING 75%

Aircore drilling designed to test broad gold in soil anomalies along the 
interpreted granite-greenstone contact commenced late in the year 
with Assay results awaited at 30 June 2020.

OTHER

TANAMI JOINT VENTURE (NT) – RAMELIUS 85%

The Tanami Joint Venture was terminated during the year.

JUPITER FARM-IN AND JOINT VENTURE (NEVADA, USA) 
– RAMELIUS EARNING 75%

No significant results were returned from a small RC drilling 
programme completed at Jupiter during the year. COVID-19 travel 
restrictions have since hampered any follow-up, but future work 
programmes have been designed for the 2021 financial year.

MT HAMPTON (INCLUDING SYMES’ FIND)

Step out RC drilling was completed during the year outside the maiden 
Indicated and Inferred Symes’ Find Mineral Resource of 540,000 tonnes 
at 1.90g/t for 34,000 ounces of contained gold targeting the southern 
strike and plunge projection of the higher grade shoots at Symes’ Find. 
Disappointing results were returned from the immediate southern 
extension to the resource, but infill drilling confirmed the robustness 
of the deposit and reconnaissance drilling to the north of Symes has 
indicated potential for northern extensions and/or repeats of the Symes 
mineralisation.

HOLLETON MINING CENTRE

RC drilling along the Columbus and Calzoni trends within the Holleton 
Mining Centre commenced late in the year after land access and 
compensation agreements with private landowners were finalised. Initial 
results appear encouraging with reasonable thicknesses of mineralisation 
being intersected. Follow-up drilling will be planned but timing is 
contingent upon site access and the completion of seasonal flora and 
fauna surveys ahead of any ground disturbing activities as required.

TAMPIA EXPLORATION PROSPECTS

Encouraging RC drilling assay results have been returned from two 
prospect areas located within 6km of the Tampia Resource. The RC 
drilling was following up on anomalous Aircore results at Tampia South 
and previous explorer’s drilling results at Dorset (part of Anomaly 8, 
located 6km north of Tampia). 

Further drill testing is required to ascertain the significance of the 
Dorset intersections, whilst further infill drilling over the untested plus 
1km southern strike extension to the intersections will be completed 
after Christmas 2020, once the winter crops have been harvested at 
Tampia South. 

22

Ramelius ResourcesREVIEW OF OPERATIONS

DEVELOPMENT & EXPLORATION PROJECTS (CONTINUED)

Figure 4: Exploration and development projects around the Edna May Gold Mine

Annual Report 2020

23

RESOURCES AND RESERVES

COMPANY SUMMARY AS AT 30 JUNE 2020 
ORE RESERVES UP 32%

The Ramelius Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves as at  
30 June 2020 increased 15% and 32% respectively for the  
year, after mining depletion.

Total Mineral Resources are estimated to be;
• 
 90 Mt at 1.6 g/t Au for 4.7 Moz of gold
Total Ore Reserves are estimated to be;
•  17 Mt at 2.1 g/t Au for 1.1 Moz of gold

Increases were achieved at Ramelius’ gold projects in Western 
Australia via drilling and resource additions at Eridanus, Shannon and 
Vivien, plus the acquisition of the Penny project. As in previous years, 
the Company’s ability to consistently meet production guidance has 
been underpinned by realistic resource modelling and deliverable 
reserve estimates. Growth in both Mineral Resources and Ore 
Reserves has accelerated in recent years as illustrated below.

Figure 5: Historical Resources and Reserves

24

Ramelius Resources

RESOURCES AND RESERVES 

(CONTINUED)

MINERAL RESOURCES
TABLE 4: MINERAL RESOURCES

MINERAL RESOURCES AS AT 30 JUNE 2020 – INCLUSIVE OF RESERVES

Project

Deposit

Measured

Indicated

Inferred

Total Resource

t

g/t

 oz 

t

g/t

 oz 

t

g/t

 oz 

t

g/t

 oz 

Galaxy Group

Morning Star

Bartus Group

Boomer

Britannia Well

Bullocks

92,000

-  

49,000

-  

-  

-  

1.8 

 - 

2.2 

- 

 - 

 -

Eastern Jaspilite

150,000

2.2 

 10,000 

 5,400 

3,600,000

-   

4,900,000

 4,000 

110,000

-   

-   

-   

1,200,000

180,000

200,000

120,000

170,000

Eclipse

Eridanus

Golden Stream

Golden Treasure

Lone Pine

Mt Magnet

Milky Way

Spearmont-Galtee

Stellar

Welcome - Baxter

Open Pit deposits

Hill 50 Deeps

Hill 60

Morning Star Deeps

Saturn UG

Shannon

-  

- 

-   

280,000

1.4 

 12,000 

7,500,000

 - 

-

-  

-  

 - 

 - 

220,000

790,000

280,000

260,000

-  

-  

- 

-

- 

- 

- 

- 

1.6 

1.7 

5.5 

4.2 

 - 

- 

-   

-

-   

 -  

   -

 -  

 11,000 

150,000

780,000

490,000

820,000

25,000

260,000

280,000

 43,000 

21,000,000

 49,000 

 35,000 

-   

-   

930,000

220,000

190,000

-  

1.7 

1.9 

2.1 

1.8 

2.0 

3.3 

2.8 

2.2 

1.2 

2.9 

1.1 

1.3 

1.1 

2.9 

2.4 

1.6 

1.6 

7.0 

4.7 

4.2 

- 

 190,000 

2,200,000

 300,000 

4,300,000

 8,000 

 68,000 

 12,000 

 21,000 

 11,000 

 12,000 

240,000

790,000

-  

40,000

130,000

41,000

 290,000 

5,400,000

 14,000 

 28,000 

 21,000 

67,000

880,000

390,000

 29,000 

1,600,000

 2,000 

210,000

 20,000 

 15,000 

-  

200,000

 1,000,000 

16,000,000

 210,000 

400,000

 34,000 

 26,000 

36,000

330,000

-   

1,600,000

63,000

14.2 

 29,000 

83,000

14.0 

 38,000 

270,000

 110,000 

1,400,000

6.6 

 310,000 

2,600,000

UG deposits

610,000

ROM & LG stocks

4,000,000

Total Mt Magnet

5,400,000

Edna May

Edna May UG

Edna May

Greenfinch

ROM & LG stocks

-  

-  

940,000

190,000

Total Edna May

1,100,000

Vivien UG

Coogee

Symes Find

Dolly Pot

Dugite

Python

Goldstream

Golden Orb

King Brown

Die Hardy

Red Legs

310,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Vivien

Coogee

Symes

Marda

Tampia

Penny

5.8 

0.7 

1.4 

-

 - 

1.0 

0.5 

0.9 

4.8 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 95,000 

-  

 250,000 

22,000,000

  - 

  - 

18,000,000

310,000

 30,000 

1,900,000

 2,700 

-  

 33,000 

20,000,000

 48,000 

230,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 14,000 

28,000

570,000

530,000

170,000

620,000

71,000

380,000

140,000

940,000

-

-

 14,000 

2,900,000

 31,000 

7,700,000

-

1.9 

1.0 

5.1 

1.0 

- 

1.0 

5.2 

3.6 

1.9 

1.7

1.7 

1.8 

2.5 

2.9 

4.2 

1.6 

- 

-

2.0 

1.7 

-

-

 1,400,000 

19,000,000

 560,000 

5,000,000

 51,000 

280,000

 59,000 

1,400,000

-   

-  

 670,000 

6,700,000

 38,000 

200,000

 3,200 

 35,000 

 29,000 

 9,600 

 35,000 

 5,800 

 35,000 

 18,000 

 49,000 

-

-

 - 

 -

59,000

39,000

47,000

180,000

140,000

200,000

49,000

360,000

370,000

-

130,000

200,000

ROM & LG stocks

Total Marda

Tampia

260,000

260,000

390,000

Nth, West & Magenta

-

1.7 

1.7 

2.4 

-

 180,000 

1,300,000

 420,000 

-

420,000

19.0 

 260,000 

1.3 

1.5 

1.6 

1.0 

 - 

2.5 

2.5 

2.1 

1.1 

1.2 

1.0 

1.7 

1.1 

4.3 

- 

1.8 

1.3 

6.4 

3.4 

5.0 

2.5 

4.6 

3.6 

-

1.6 

1.0 

4.3 

0.8 

- 

1.1 

2.9 

3.3 

1.2 

1.6 

1.8 

1.4 

1.7 

1.8 

1.5 

2.9 

-

2.0 

1.8 

6.6 

 93,000 

5,900,000

 210,000 

9,200,000

 12,000 

400,000

 26,000 

2,000,000

-   

 3,000 

 11,000 

 3,000 

180,000

240,000

400,000

210,000

 200,000 

13,000,000

 2,700 

220,000

 28,000 

1,700,000

 21,000 

870,000

 57,000 

2,400,000

 28,000 

 -  

 11,000 

230,000

260,000

700,000

 700,000 

38,000,000

 81,000 

1,600,000

 3,900 

 53,000 

520,000

530,000

 130,000 

1,600,000

 40,000 

410,000

 300,000 

4,700,000

-

4,000,000

 1,000,000 

47,000,000

 150,000 

23,000,000

 39,000 

590,000

 39,000 

4,300,000

-   

190,000

 230,000 

28,000,000

 19,000 

740,000

 6,300 

 1,500 

 2,400 

 -  

 10,000 

 6,000 

 11,000 

 2,800 

87,000

610,000

580,000

170,000

790,000

210,000

580,000

190,000

 17,000 

1,300,000

 34,000 

-

370,000

260,000

 84,000 

4,400,000

 7,400 

8,200,000

1.5 

1.7 

1.9 

1.5 

2.1 

3.1 

2.5 

2.2 

1.2 

2.4 

1.0 

1.5 

1.1 

4.0 

2.4 

1.7 

1.5 

6.6 

4.3 

4.7 

2.5 

8.0 

4.8 

0.7 

1.7 

1.0 

4.7 

0.9 

0.5 

1.0 

4.4 

3.4 

1.9 

1.7 

1.7 

1.8 

1.8 

2.5 

3.5 

1.6 

2.9 

1.7 

2.0 

1.7 

 290,000 

 510,000 

 24,000 

 94,000 

 12,000 

 24,000 

 32,000 

 15,000 

 500,000 

 17,000 

 56,000 

 42,000 

 86,000 

 30,000 

 20,000 

 37,000 

 1,800,000 

 340,000 

 73,000 

 79,000 

 130,000 

 110,000 

 720,000 

 95,000 

 2,600,000 

 710,000 

 90,000 

 130,000 

 2,700 

 930,000 

 100,000 

 9,600 

 37,000 

 31,000 

 9,600 

 45,000 

 12,000 

 47,000 

 21,000 

 66,000 

 34,000 

 14,000 

 280,000 

 460,000 

 42,000 

620,000

15.0 

 300,000 

Total Resource

7,500,000

1.6 

 380,000 

54,000,000

1.7 

 3,000,000 

28,000,000

1.6 

 1,400,000 

90,000,000

1.6 

 4,700,000 

Figures rounded to 2 significant figures. Rounding errors may occur.

25

Annual Report 2020RESOURCES AND RESERVES 

(CONTINUED)

historic in nature or gathered by previous owners, however Ramelius 
has added significant further drilling for all deposits, especially those 
forming Ore Reserves. Mineralisation has been modelled via cross-
sectional interpretations using deposit appropriate lower cut-off grade 
shapes and geological interpretations. Geological understanding has 
formed the basis of all ore interpretations. Ore domain interpretations 
have then been wireframed using geological software, including 
Micromine, Leapfrog and Surpac. Mineralisation has been grouped 
by domain where required and statistical analysis, top-cutting and 
estimation carried out using anisotropic search ellipses. Estimation 
uses Ordinary Kriging and/or Inverse Distance methods. Modelling has 
been undertaken with recognition of the probable mining method and 
minimum mining widths and the resource classifications reflect drill 
spacing, data quality, geological and grade continuity. 

Density information for fresh rock is generally well established and 
new measurements have frequently been obtained. Nearly all deposits 
listed, with the exception of Tampia, have had some degree of recent 
production or historic mining. Resources are reported using cut-offs 
approximating A$1,600 - A$2,300/oz gold price.

MINERAL RESOURCES 
(CONTINUED)
MINERAL RESOURCE COMMENTARY

Mt Magnet is comprised of numerous gold deposits contained within 
a contiguous tenement holding, located within an 8km radius of the 
processing facility. Current and recent mining operations include the 
Eridanus, Milky Way, Stellar and Vegas open pits and the Hill 60 and 
Shannon underground mines. Vivien is a high-grade quartz lode deposit, 
located near Leinster.

The Edna May mine was acquired in October 2017. It was re-modelled 
and reported in 2019, following significant underground and surface 
drilling campaigns. It comprises of the large-scale Edna May granitoid 
hosted, stockwork deposit and the related, adjacent Greenfinch deposit. 
Two high grade cross-cutting quartz lodes are mined underground 
within the broader Edna May deposit. In 2020, mining commenced at 
the Greenfinch open pit providing a significant base load ore source. 

In late 2019 mining operations commenced at the Marda project, 
130km north of Southern Cross. Ore haulage and milling of this ore at 
Edna May commenced in early 2020. 

All deposits have been depleted from mining during the 2020  
financial year.

Continued exploration, resource definition and grade control drilling 
has delivered significant increases to resources and reserves for the 
Eridanus, Shannon and Vivien deposits. Acquisition of the Penny project 
also added a major component of the resource and reserve increase. 

See RMS ASX releases below for additional Mineral Resource reporting 
details:

• 

• 

• 

‘Vivien Underground Extended to June 2021’, 12 September 2019

‘Major Increase of Eridanus Mineral Resource’, 23 December 2019

‘Ramelius Extends Life of Mine Plan by 34% to 1.45Moz’, 30 June 2020

 Minor decreases occurred with disposal of the Kathleen Valley and 
Western Queen projects.

The Tampia deposit is hosted within amphibolite facies mafic rocks 
12km SE of Narembeen in the WA wheatbelt. Gold is hosted within 
shallow dipping lode/shear zones and associated with arsenopyrite. 
Symes Find is located 120km SSE of Edna May, also in the WA 
wheatbelt and consists of lateritic and primary mineralisation hosted in 
mafic gneiss units similar to Tampia.

The Penny project was acquired via the takeover of Spectrum Metals in 
early 2020. Penny West is a high grade quartz-sulphide lode discovered 
and mined by open pit in the early 1990’s. Spectrum discovered the 
high grade Penny North lode in early 2019 and rapidly drill defined a 
significant lode resource. 

All resources are based on combinations of RC and diamond drill holes. 
Sampling has been via riffle or cone splitters (RC) or by sawn half core. 
Assay is carried out by commercial laboratories and accompanied by 
appropriate QAQC samples. A substantial proportion of drill data is 

26

Ramelius ResourcesRESOURCES AND RESERVES 

(CONTINUED)

ORE RESERVES
TABLE 5: ORE RESERVES

Project

Deposit

Mt Magnet

Edna May

Vivien

Marda

 Boomer 

 Brown Hill 

 Eridanus 

 Golden Stream 

 Morning Star 

 Stellar 

 Total Open Pit 

 Hill 60 

 Shannon 

 Total Underground 

 ROM & LG stocks 

 Mt Magnet Total 

 Edna May UG 

 Greenfinch 

 ROM & LG stocks 

Edna May Total

 Vivien UG 

Dolly Pot

Dugite

Python

Goldstream

Golden Orb East

Golden Orb West

King Brown

ROM & LG stocks

Total Marda

Tampia

Penny

 Total Reserve 

Tampia
Penny North & Magenta

ORE RESERVE STATEMENT AS AT 30 JUNE 2020

Proven

g/t

t

-  

   -

 oz 

t

-  

-   

-   

-   

 130,000 

 620,000 

 91,000 

 1.1 

 3,200 

 3,600,000 

-   

-   

 -  

 91,000 

 100,000 

 90,000 

 190,000 

 4,000,000 

 4,300,000 

 79,000 

 610,000 

 190,000 

 880,000 

 110,000 

-   

 -  

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

 260,000 

 260,000 

 190,000 
  - 
 5,700,000 

-   

 -  

-   

 1.1 

 2.5 

 9.7 

 5.9 

 0.7 

 1.0 

 5.0 

 1.1 

 0.5 

 1.3 

 6.1 

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

 1.7 

 1.7 

 3.4 
 -  
 1.2 

-   

-   

-   

 3,200 

 8,200 

 28,000 

 36,000 

 95,000 

 95,000 

 1,100,000 

 64,000 

 5,700,000 

 350,000 

 120,000 

 470,000 

 -  

 130,000 

 6,100,000 

 13,000 

 22,000 

 2,800 

 190,000 

 920,000 

-   

 37,000 

 1,100,000 

 22,000 

-   

-   

-   

 -  

-   

-   

-

 14,000 
 14,000 

 200,000 

 330,000 

 110,000 

 310,000 

 53,000 

 64,000 

 140,000 

 75,000 

-   

 14,000 

 1,100,000 

 20,000 
  - 
 230,000 

 2,300,000 
 500,000 
 11,000,000 

Probable

g/t

 2.9 

 1.6 

 1.2 

 3.0 

 1.9 

 6.3 

 1.5 

 2.5 

 7.2 

 3.7 

-   

 1.7 

 4.6 

 1.0 

 -  

 1.7 

 4.5 

 1.6 

 1.8 

 1.8 

 2.7 

 4.2 

 2.7 

 5.3 

  - 

 2.3 

 2.6 

 14.0 

 2.5 

Figures rounded to 2 significant figures. Rounding errors may occur.

ORE RESERVE COMMENTARY

Total Reserve

t

g/t

 oz 

 oz 

 12,000 

 31,000 

 130,000 

 620,000 

 140,000 

 3,700,000 

 9,200 

 95,000 

 68,000 

 1,100,000 

 13,000 

 64,000 

 270,000 

 5,700,000 

 28,000 

 27,000 

 55,000 

 450,000 

 210,000 

 660,000 

-   

 4,000,000 

 330,000 

 10,000,000 

 29,000 

 270,000 

 31,000 

 1,500,000 

-   

 190,000 

 60,000 

 2,000,000 

 29,000 

 17,000 

 6,200 

 18,000 

 4,600 

 8,600 

 12,000 

 13,000 

 310,000 

 330,000 

 110,000 

 310,000 

 53,000 

 64,000 

 140,000 

 75,000 

-   

 260,000 

 79,000 

 1,300,000 

 190,000 
 230,000 
 910,000 

 2,500,000 

 500,000 

 17,000,000 

 2.9 

 1.6 

 1.2 

 3.0 

 1.9 

 6.3 

 1.5 

 2.5 

 8.3 

 4.3 

 0.7 

 1.4 

 4.7 

 1.1 

 0.5 

 1.5 

 5.1 

 1.6 

 1.8 

 1.8 

 2.7 

 4.2 

 2.7 

 5.3 

 1.7 

 2.1 

 12,000 

 31,000 

 140,000 

 9,200 

 68,000 

 13,000 

 280,000 

 36,000 

 55,000 

 91,000 

 95,000 

 460,000 

 41,000 

 52,000 

 2,800 

 96,000 

 50,000 

 17,000 

 6,200 

 18,000 

 4,600 

 8,600 

 12,000 

 13,000 

 14,000 

 93,000 

 2.7 
 14.0 
 2.1 

 210,000 

 230,000 

 1,100,000 

All Ore Reserves have been reported from Measured and Indicated Resources only. Current operations are the Stellar, Eridanus, Greenfinch, 
Dugite, Dolly Pot, Python and Goldstream pits and the Vivien, Edna May, Shannon and Hill 60 underground mines. All current pit and underground 
operations were depleted to 30 June 2020.

All Ore Reserves have been generated from design studies using appropriate cost, geotechnical, slope angle, stope span, dilution, cut-off grade and 
recovery parameters. Ore Reserves are utilised in the current Life of Mine plan. Mining approvals processes are in progress for the Tampia open pits 
and Penny underground operation.

Various gold prices have been used to generate Ore Reserves and appropriate cut-offs;

•  Mt Magnet open pit reserves including Boomer, Brown Hill, Golden Stream, Morning Star and Stellar utilise a gold price of A$1,650/oz, except 

for Eridanus which utilises A$2,000/oz

•  Mt Magnet underground mine reserves including Hill 60 and Shannon utilise A$2,100/oz.

•  Edna May open pits reserves (Greenfinch) utilise a gold price of A$1,650/oz and the underground utilises a gold price of A$1,800/oz

•  Vivien underground reserves utilise a gold price of A$2,000/oz

•  Marda open pits reserves utilise a gold price of A$1,700/oz

•  Tampia open pit reserves utilise a gold price of A$2,100/oz

•  Penny open pits and underground utilise a gold price of A$2,300/oz

27

Annual Report 2020RESOURCES AND RESERVES 

(CONTINUED)

ORE RESERVES (CONTINUED)
ORE RESERVE COMMENTARY (CONTINUED)

Mining, milling and additional overhead costs are based on currently contracted and budgeted operating costs. Mill recoveries for all ore types are 
based upon operating experience or metallurgical testwork. Stockpiles consist of ROM stocks and low-grade stocks mined after 2012. 

Figure 6: Reserve Inventory Change

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward looking statements. The forward looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, assumptions, 
forecasts and projections and the industry in which it operates as well as other factors that management believes to be relevant and reasonable in 
the circumstances at the date such statements are made, but which may prove to be incorrect. The forward looking statements relate to future 
matters and are subject to various inherent risks and uncertainties. Many known and unknown factors could cause actual events or results to differ 
materially from the estimated or anticipated events or results expressed or implied by any forward looking statements. Such factors include, among 
others, changes in market conditions, future prices of gold and exchange rate movements, the actual results of production, development and/or 
exploration activities, variations in grade or recovery rates, plant and/or equipment failure and the possibility of cost overruns. Neither Ramelius, its 
related bodies corporate nor any of their directors, officers, employees, agents or contractors makes any representation or warranty (either express 
or implied) as to the accuracy, correctness, completeness, adequacy, reliability or likelihood of fulfilment of any forward looking statement, or any 
events or results expressed or implied in any forward looking statement, except to the extent required by law.

COMPETENT PERSONS

The information in this report that relates to Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves is based on information compiled by Rob Hutchison (Mineral 
Resources) and Duncan Coutts (Ore Reserves), who are Competent Persons and Members of The Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. 
Rob Hutchison and Duncan Coutts are full-time employees of the company. Rob Hutchison and Duncan Coutts have sufficient experience that 
is relevant to the style of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and to the activity being undertaken to qualify as a Competent 
Person as defined in the 2012 Edition of the “Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves”.  
Rob Hutchison and Duncan Coutts consent to the inclusion in this report of the matters based on their information in the form and context  
in which it appears.

28

Ramelius ResourcesAnnual Report 2020

29

SUSTAINABILITY
REPORT

2020 Achievements 

About Ramelius 

Our Business  

Our People  

Our Communities  

Our Environment  

Performance Data  

32

35

41

44

48

51

55

30 Ramelius Resources

ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL  
GOVERNANCE PERFORMANCE

Annual Report 2020

31

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

2020 ACHIEVEMENTS 
2020 HIGHLIGHTS

OUR BUSINESS

(Economic performance) 

(Organisational governance) 

(Regulatory and compliance) 

RECORD  

CASH FLOW, DIVIDENDS  
AND WAGE PAYMENTS

NEW  RISK  

AND SUSTAINABILITY  
COMMITTEE FORMED

ZERO  FINES  

OR MATERIAL INCIDENTS

OUR PEOPLE

(Health, safety  
and wellbeing)  

NEW  SAFETY 

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, INCREASING 
TRANSPARENCY

(Employment and 
contractors)  

33%  OF NEW 

HIRES WERE FEMALE

(Talent attraction, 
development and 
retention)  

39  TEAM MEMBERS 

COMPLETED MINE 
EMERGENCY RESPONSE 
AND RESCUE CERTIFICATE 

32 Ramelius Resources

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

OUR COMMUNITIES

(Indigenous and native title) 

TWO  INDIGENOUS 

DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS

OUR ENVIRONMENT

(Water)  
19%  OF TOTAL  

WATER IS REUSED

(Taxes, royalties and  
supplier payments) 

A$476m 

CONTRIBUTED TO  
AUSTRALIAN ECONOMY

(Community relations and 
investment)  

OVER $400k 

DIRECTLY DONATED TO LOCAL 
COMMUNITIES

(Emissions and energy) 

BASELINE 
SET  FOR ONGOING 

EMISSIONS AND ENERGY 
MEASUREMENT AND COMPARISON

(Waste, effluents, air pollution) 
UPGRADED 
WASTEWATER 
TREATMENT  

AT EDNA MAY MAKING WASTEWATER 
SAFE FOR PUBLIC IRRIGATION

Annual Report 2020

33

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

This year we contributed $476 million to the Australian economy 
and spent approximately $8.2 million directly with local businesses, 
employees and community organisations. In addition to our 
sponsorships and donations, we partner with our community 
stakeholders on legacy projects that will provide benefits to the 
community that last beyond the life of the mine.

We seek opportunities to effectively manage water and energy, 
minimise waste, and to reduce our environmental footprint. The 
2020 financial year will serve to set a baseline for measuring our 
environmental impact and we will be looking to make reductions 
through the 2021 financial year and beyond.

Across the entire Ramelius business our people have continued to 
work incredibly hard during the year and I would like to thank each 
and every Ramelius employee, Director and contractor for their 
contribution and effort. The progress we have made would not have 
been possible without you. 

THE CEO ON  
SUSTAINABILITY AT RAMELIUS

DEAR RAMELIUS STAKEHOLDERS,

This year we have taken significant steps towards our mission of 
becoming a sustainable gold producer that focuses on delivering 
superior returns for stakeholders. We believe a sustainable gold 
producer should deliver more than just financial benefit. It’s about 
the way we do business, the relationships we build with our 
people and communities, and the efforts we make to conserve the 
environment.

Our inaugural Sustainability Report aims to provide transparency on 
the path we take in delivering superior returns for our stakeholders. 
We believe that our direct and indirect contribution should 
generate value for our people, communities and society at large. 
We have started our journey of actively participating in disclosure 
of sustainability issues and opportunities. In the 2020 financial 
year , we engaged an independent sustainability consultant to 
facilitate a workshop with Ramelius sustainability leaders to identify 
and prioritise our stakeholders and topics that are of material 
importance to the Company. 

We know that we can’t make a contribution to sustainable 
development without excellent financial performance and as 
detailed in this Annual Report, the 2020 financial year saw a number 
of positive milestones. We believe in strong and transparent 
corporate governance and are committed to maintaining a high 
standard in all aspects of corporate governance. To further develop 
our capacity in these areas, we formed a new Risk and Sustainability 
Committee to assist the Board in its responsibilities of overseeing 
risk, governance, and sustainability activities which include setting 
objectives for environmental and community obligations, ethical 
standards and compliance.

Our success and the delivery of our long-term strategy is reliant 
on our people embodying our values of Honesty, Fairness and 
Respect. Operating within the resources industry, we know it is 
essential to provide a healthy and safe workplace for our people. 
We know we’ll always have work to do in this area but are striving 
to improve our safety performance every year. The adoption this 
year of a new reporting system will ensure greater accountability 
and hopefully keep our people safer. We work to attract, develop 
and retain talented people not only with the best skills but with the 
best mindset and were very happy to retain a high proportion of 
our people.

34

Ramelius ResourcesSUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

ABOUT RAMELIUS
MISSION STATEMENT

 “To be a sustainable gold producer that focuses on 
delivering superior returns for stakeholders”

OUR VALUES

At Ramelius Resources (Ramelius), we are defined by the following  
core values: 

•  Honesty
•  Fairness 
•  Respect 
Our culture is defined by a ‘fit-for purpose and can-do’ attitude.

OUR CORPORATE STRATEGY

•  Actively seek to grow annual production beyond 300koz gold
•  Maintain mine life at five years or more through exploration  

and acquisition

SUSTAINABILITY PILLARS

SUSTAINABILITY 
STATEMENT

We believe a sustainable gold 
producer should deliver more than just 
financial benefit. It’s about the way we 
do business, the relationships we build 
with our people and communities and 
the efforts we make to conserve the 
environment.

OUR BUSINESS

OUR PEOPLE

OUR COMMUNITIES

OUR ENVIRONMENT

Economic performance

Health, safety and wellbeing

Indigenous and native title

Water

Regulatory and compliance

Employment and contractors

Organisational governance 

Talent attraction, 
development and retention

Taxes, royalties and  
supplier payments

Community relations and 
investment

Emissions and energy

Waste, effluents, air pollution

35

Annual Report 2020SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

ABOUT RAMELIUS (continued)
OUR SUSTAINABILITY ECOSYSTEM

Through the Risk & Sustainability Committee, our Board of Directors maintains oversight of all sustainability impacts and activities across 
Ramelius. We strive to conduct business in a sustainable manner, guided by the following hierarchy:

Risk & Sustainability Committee Charter

Sustainability Policies

Sustainability 
Statement & Pillars

Community 
Consultation 
 Policy

Indigenous 
People Policy

Risk 
Management 
Policy

HSE Policy

Diversity Policy

Code of 
Conduct

This Sustainability Report, approved for release by our Board of Directors, covers the financial year ended 30 June 2020. The report forms 
part of our annual corporate reporting suite and offers an account of our interaction with our stakeholders. The currency used throughout 
this report is Australian Dollars (A$). Further information about Sustainability at Ramelius (including policies) can be found on our website.

GROUP INFORMATION

Ramelius Resources Limited is a Western Australian 
gold producer headquartered in East Perth with 
approximately 300 employees. We were incorporated 
in 1979, listed on the Australian Securities Exchange  
in 2003 (ASX: RMS) and have been in production  
since 2006.

Ramelius and our subsidiaries are engaged in the 
exploration, mine development, and production and sale 
of gold in Australia. 

We own and operate the Mt Magnet Gold Mine, the 
Vivien Gold Mine, the Edna May Gold Mine and the 
Marda Gold Project and associated processing plants 
around Western Australia. 

Ramelius has enjoyed significant success in recent years 
with increased gold production and the addition of new 
WA gold mining projects Tampia and Penny.

Figure 7: Ramelius’ operations locations

In addition to the operations listed above, Ramelius is involved in:

•  Three WA-based exploration projects: Mt Magnet, Edna May and Holleton (including Symes’ Find, Tampia and Marda)
•  One US-based farm-in/joint venture: Jupiter Gold Project in Nye County, Nevada (Ramelius: 75%, Renaissance: 25%)

Further information is available on our website1.

1  www.rameliusresources.com.au/projects

36

Ramelius ResourcesSUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

ABOUT RAMELIUS (continued)
SUPPLY CHAIN

Contractors and suppliers are a critical part of our business and are relied upon to ensure that we deliver on our strategy. The supply chain 
at Ramelius includes but is not limited to:

EXPLORATION 
& PROJECT 
DEVELOPMENT

Drilling contractors

Geology and geophysical 
contractors

Analytical laboratories

Surveying

Earthmoving contractors

Environmental and water 
consultants

MINING

Surface and underground mining 
contractors

Cement supply

Fleet, maintenance, parts and 
equipment

Fuel, oil and tyre supply

Mining communications

PROCESSING

Chemical supply

Lab services

Civil contractors

Fuel and gas supply

TRANSPORTATION

REFINING AND SALES

Freight services

Ore Haulage contractor

Refinery

Customers 

Security services

Bullion freight and security

Aviation charter companies

SUPPORT SERVICES

Camp management services

Power, communication and IT 
services

Insurance

Employee benefits

Personal protective equipment  
and clothing

Medical, health and safety services

Labour supply

Water and waste management

37

Figure 7: Ramelius’ operations locations

Annual Report 2020SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

ABOUT RAMELIUS (continued)
UNITED NATIONS (UN) SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS

Ramelius is focused on aligning environmental, social and governance policies and activities across our operations in accordance with the UN 
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). These are considered the blueprint to achieving a better and more sustainable future for all and as 
such represent a major inspiration for the future prosperity of our stakeholders. 

We have chosen the ten most relevant SDGs that align to our business, strategy and stakeholder priorities. The following table summarises 
the ways in which we are striving to contribute to the ten specific SDGs:

GOAL 9:

Industry, 
Innovation and 
Infrastructure 

GOAL 10:

Reduced 
Inequalities

• 

 As a gold producer, we recognise the 
important contribution that we make to 
the industrial use of gold as a conductor 
in electronics, including components for 
clean energy products such as renewable 
energy and battery storage. Gold is 
also used in other innovative industrial 
products and infrastructure in the energy, 
medical, aerospace, dentistry and health 
sectors.

•   Through our membership of the 

Gold Industry Group, we are involved 
in cutting-edge research to improve 
efficiencies in gold exploration and to 
support innovation in the Australian 
mining industry.

•  We consider native titleholders and 
indigenous communities as core 
stakeholder groups across all of our 
operations. We strive to work from a 
position of respect for local indigenous 
culture with the aim of creating goodwill, 
mutual awareness, understanding and 
respect.

•   As outlined in our Indigenous Peoples 
Policy, we work with Aboriginal 
representatives to improve 
communication and to better understand 
the views and beliefs of local indigenous 
communities. We aim to ensure that 
employees and contractors approach 
local sites with respect and a clear 
understanding of importance of the land 
to indigenous communities.

•   Established high on-site safety standards 
to minimise the risk of employee and 
contractor harm from occupational 
hazards, air pollution, transport accidents 
and other risks.

•   Provide employee medical checks and 
a health assistance program across all 
operations. Also developing employee 
health and wellness programs to help 
reduce illness and disease.

•   In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, 
we have put in place cleanliness and social 
distancing measures in accordance with 
advice from State and Federal health 
authorities. 

• 

 We value the contribution of all of our 
employees and encourage personal 
development and training to enable our 
workforce to achieve their full potential. 

•   We are committed to recruiting the 
best candidates regardless of gender, 
age, religion or cultural background. Our 
Diversity Policy ensures encourages a 
workforce comprised of individuals with 
a wide range of backgrounds, skills and 
experiences. 

•   We endeavour to build and maintain a 
sustainable, diverse, satisfied and high-
performing workforce. To do this, we 
encourage staff training and ongoing 
professional development, with all 
employees offered the opportunity to 
develop their skills and capabilities to 
improve their professional abilities.

•   We publicly report to shareholders and 
investors to ensure they are informed 
on corporate governance issues and 
sustainability matters, including business-
related risks and maintenance of risk 
registers across all sites.

GOAL 3: 

Good Health 
and Well-being

GOAL 5: 

Gender Equality

GOAL 8: 

Decent Work 
and Economic 
Growth 

38

Ramelius ResourcesSUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

ABOUT RAMELIUS (continued)

GOAL 15: 

Life on Land 

GOAL 16: 

Peace, Justice 
and Strong 
Institutions

•   We undertake and strive to improve our 
waste product management activities 
including mine site sewage, tailings and 
other hazardous materials, dust and 
general waste. Landfill rehabilitation and 
ongoing restoration is also undertaken 
wherever possible. 

•   We maintain a focus on the efficient 
use of resources including water and 
electricity and endeavour to implement 
water and other resource recycling 
measures wherever possible. 

•   We acknowledge our social 

responsibilities and the need to meet 
community expectations around ESG 
reporting. We report in accordance 
with the National Pollutant Inventory 
(NPI), National Greenhouse and Energy 
Reporting (NGER), Workplace Gender 
Equality Agency (WGEA) and the Modern 
Slavery Act 2018.

•   To ensure governance expectations 
around sustainability, we follow the 
ASX Corporate Governance Council’s 
Corporate Governance Principles and 
Recommendations 3rd Edition.

GOAL 11:

Sustainable 
Cities and 
Communities 

GOAL 12:

Responsible 
Consumption 
and Production 

GOAL 13:

Climate Action

•   We seek to build relationships with 
all stakeholders to ensure that their 
views and concerns are taken into 
account in order to achieve mutually 
beneficial outcomes. This includes 
current operations, future planning and 
post-closure activities such as mine 
rehabilitation.

•   Where possible, we support local 

organisations and businesses as a first 
option in procurement with the aim of 
developing the capacity of businesses in 
our local communities to improve local 
job creation and economic prosperity.

•   In accordance with legislation, we 
seek to comply with requirements 
around environmental protection 
and sustainability and promote a high 
regard for the environment across our 
operations. Reporting mechanisms 
include environmental impact studies, 
incident reporting and pollution audits. 

•   Biodiversity planning is always included as 
part of our planning process. This includes 
flora and fauna studies, native vegetation 
recording and disturbed land restoration 
and rehabilitation.

•   We acknowledge that physical and 

transitional risks associated with climate 
change have the potential to negatively 
impact our business. Top priority climate-
related risks include reduced water 
availability, extreme weather events, 
changes to legislation and regulation, 
reputational risk, and technological and 
market changes.

•   We are committed to understanding 

and proactively managing the impact of 
climate-related risks to our business. This 
includes integrating climate-related risks, 
as well as energy considerations, into our 
strategic planning and decision-making 
and working towards disclosure on the 
impact of climate risk on our business and 
the ways in which we mitigate such risks. 

39

Annual Report 2020SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

ABOUT RAMELIUS (continued)
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

To determine the content of this report, Ramelius has reviewed the 
topics that matter most to our business and stakeholders. We have 
applied a materiality process to assess the importance and impact of 
topics on our business and stakeholders, which informs the scope 
and level of disclosures. Our stakeholder groups include:

•  Shareholders, lenders, investment community and insurers
•  Suppliers, contractors, partners and customers
•  Employees, unions and the Board
•  Regulators and government
•  Local communities, shires and landowners
•  Native title owners and indigenous groups
•  Media and non-governmental organisations (NGO)s
•  Education, research and training organisations

One of our key sustainability pillars is the engagement of 
communities through regular consultation processes, which are 
guided by our Community Consultation Policy. Proactive dialogue 
allows us to keep the community informed about our activities  
and to provide a forum through which community members can 
provide feedback to our business. In the 2020 financial year  
we have had regular meetings and correspondence with  
government departments, local government shires, pastoralists  
and native title groups. 

MATERIAL TOPICS AND MATRIX

This report focuses on the economic, social and environmental 
topics identified as being of material value to our stakeholders 
and our business. Inspired by the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) 
standards for sustainability reporting, in the 2020 financial year 
we prioritised our material topics by combining feedback from 
our Executive, internal Sustainability Project Team, stakeholder 
expectations and an analysis of peers and the external environment. 
Topics have been reviewed and prioritised to ensure the corporate 
mission and strategic imperatives are considered. 

OUR MATERIAL ISSUES ARE PRESENTED IN THE FOLLOWING MATRIX:

Very 
high

S
R
E
D
L
O
H
E
K
A
T
S

Low

Low

40

Health, safety and  
wellbeing
Economic performance

Regulatory/compliance
Taxes, supplier payments  
and royalties

Talent attraction,  
development and retention
Water
Types of employment and 
contractors

Community investment 
and engagement
GHC/Emissions/Energy
Indigenous/native title
Waste and tailings

Diversity
Ethics and Human Rights
Biodiversity

Information technology
Innovation
Mire closure/ 
rehabilitation

RAMELIUS

Very high

Ramelius ResourcesSUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

OUR BUSINESS

Economic performance

Regulatory and compliance

Organisational governance

Ramelius employee Jess Wallrodt on the Perth Heart of Gold Discovery Trail, sponsored through 
Gold Industry Group 

ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE 

Maintaining high and stable levels of economic growth is one of 
the key objectives of sustainable development (SDG 8). Economic 
performance and therefore sustainability, aims to improve standards 
of living through efficient use of assets to maintain long-term 
company profitability. Economic performance creates economic 
value and therefore requires Ramelius to make decisions in the most 
fiscally responsible way possible. Ramelius’ projects and production 
decisions are made to create long-term value, rather than just the 
short-term benefits. To be a sustainable business and execute its 
sustainability strategies, Ramelius must have financial stability. On a 
larger scale, Ramelius contributes to a sustainable economy that is 
strong and resilient, environmentally conscientious and creates value 
for communities. Without strong economic performance, Ramelius 
can’t provide jobs for local workforces, generate tax revenue to fund 
public services or support supplier businesses. Ramelius’ strategy 
aims to promote a sustainable economy that fosters economic 
development, local prosperity through goods and services, and 
creating partnerships within regions to generate jobs.

REGULATORY AND COMPLIANCE

Ramelius acknowledges the range of social responsibilities to which we 
must adhere to ensure our business meets community and government 
expectations. We are pleased to report that there were no material 
compliance or regulatory breaches in the 2020 financial year.

Further details on the way in which we report against the following 
frameworks is covered in more detail later in this report:

•  The National Pollutant Inventory (NPI): provides the 

community, industry and government with information 
about substance emissions in Australia

•  National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting (NGER): the 
national framework for reporting and disseminating 
company information about greenhouse gas emissions, 
energy production and energy consumption

•  Workplace Gender Equality Agency (WGEA): an Australian 
Government statutory agency charged with promoting 
and improving gender equality in Australian workplaces

•  Modern Slavery Act 2018: requires certain large businesses 
and other entities in Australia to make annual public 
reports on their actions to address modern slavery risks 
in their operations and supply chains

ORGANISATIONAL GOVERNANCE

Good corporate governance is the basis on which business 
objectives and stakeholder value depend. Ramelius regularly reviews 
governance practices and policies in order to incorporate changes in 
law and best practice into our governance processes. 

Through our Risk & Sustainability Committee, the Board oversees 
sustainability strategy, measures performance and considers 
sustainability risks and opportunities. Day-to-day oversight of 
sustainability operations and administration is the responsibility of 
our CEO, who in turn delegates specific responsibilities to the senior 
management team. 

We follow the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations: 3rd Edition which 
require the Board to carefully consider the appropriate corporate 
governance policies and practices needed to meet stakeholder 
expectations.

We also take guidance where possible from the Mining Principles 
published by the International Council on Mining & Metals (ICMM). 
These define good practice environmental, social and governance 
requirements for the mining and metals industry through a 
comprehensive set of performance expectations related to tailings 
management, pollution, waste, resettlement and mine closure.

Our Corporate Governance Statement is released in October each 
year. The most recent statement is available on our website2. 

2 www.rameliusresources.com.au/wp-content/uploads/bsk-pdf-manager/2019/10/ASX-2019-Corporate-Governance-Statement-and-Appendix-4G.pdf

41

Annual Report 2020SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

OUR BUSINESS (continued)

GOVERNANCE REPORTING

In the 2020 financial year, Ramelius bolstered governance functions by splitting out our Audit & Risk Committee into an Audit Committee 
and a Risk & Sustainability Committee to ensure appropriate levels of oversight across key governance topics. Our governance structure for 
sustainability is as follows:

Board of Directors

Audit Committee

Nomination & 
Remuneration Committee

Risk & Sustainability 
Committee

CEO

Operations

Finance & 
Business 
Development

Exploration

Corporate

We also updated a number of our sustainability policies in the 2020 financial year , namely those defining the way in which we approach:

•  Human Resources (HR) management, including whistleblowing
•  Community consultation
•  Indigenous people
•  Risk management
•  Health, safety and environment (HSE)

The committee functions under a newly created Risk & Sustainability Committee Charter3. Further details of our corporate governance 
framework, policies and practices are available on our website4. 

RISK MANAGEMENT 

Risk management at Ramelius is overseen by our Board of Directors. 
The Board, Executive Team, Audit and Risk & Sustainability 
Committees regularly review the risk portfolio of the business and 
the effective management of risks. In the 2020 financial year a new 
project was initiated to create a best practice risk management 
framework. As a multi-year endeavour, it is a work in progress but 
we look forward to reporting progress in the 2021 financial year.

Risk registers are held for each of our sites as well as the corporate 
office and are managed by the respective work group with oversight 
provided by our HSE Managers. Each risk register is formally 
reviewed and updated at least annually and is used in the budget 
planning process to prioritise expenditure in an effort to mitigate 
risk. Further information can be found in the Risk & Sustainability 
Charter and Risk Management Policy. 

INNOVATION AND RESEARCH

Innovation is a key element of the Ramelius business and is 
recognised as a driver for efficiency, improvement and waste 
reduction. Ramelius also recognises the power of partnerships 
to develop innovative ways to unlock economic, environmental 
and social value and is committed to collaborative research and 
development.

Through our partnership with Australia’s national science agency 
CSIRO, we are involved in cutting-edge research seeking to improve 
efficiencies in gold exploration and to support innovation in the 
Australian mining industry.

42 Ramelius Resources

3 https://www.rameliusresources.com.au/wp-content/uploads/bsk-pdf-manager/2020/08/2020-Risk-Sustainabilty-Committee-Charter.pdf
4 www.rameliusresources.com.au/corporate-governance/

CSIRO researchers John Walshe and Adam Bath logging and sampling historical diamond drill core 
from the Mount Magnet core farm

CASE STUDY 1: CSIRO RESEARCH

Ramelius is supporting innovative and ground-breaking research 
into mineral exploration being undertaken by Australia’s national 
science agency the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research 
Organisation (CSIRO). 

The research is a collaboration between CSIRO, Ramelius, together 
with a number of other Australian gold producers and supported 
by the Western Australian Government through the Minerals 
Research Institute of WA (MRIWA).

The work is aimed at improving efficiencies in gold exploration and 
advancing Australia’s development of a productive, sustainable and 
globally-competitive mineral resources industry. It is producing a 
new understanding of mineralisation in the WA’s Yilgarn Province 
and follows CSIRO’s previous development of new technology for 
an environmentally-superior gold recovery process.

Source: https://www.csiro.au/en/News/News-releases/2020/CSIRO-uncovers-innovative-approach-to-
gold-exploration

Annual Report 2020

43

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

OUR PEOPLE

Health, safety and wellbeing

Employment and 
contractors

Talent attraction, 
development and retention

Ramelius recognises that employees lie at the 
heart of our current and future prosperity. At 
all times our priority is to keep our people safe, 
healthy and fulfilling their potential.

HEALTH, SAFETY AND WELLBEING

SAFETY

Ramelius is committed to providing a working environment that 
adheres to best practice health and safety requirements for all our 
employees and contractors as well as any members of the public 
that are impacted by our operations. This is achieved by:

•  Complying with legislation and standards relating to health and 

safety in the workplace

•  Fostering a culture promoting workplace health and safety in the 

best interests of all participants

•  Regular site safety meetings to encourage identification of issues 
and continual improvement, including incident investigations and 
reporting to the Board

•  Strict mine site entry procedures and requirements, including 
enforcement of our drug and alcohol policy and testing of site 
personnel

•  Documented and regular review of emergency procedures and 
processes, ongoing staff safety training and risk management 
processes

In the 2020 financial year, Ramelius achieved safety frequency rates 
of 18.3 for Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) and 8.14 
for Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR).

In the 2021 financial year, we will focus on education and taking 
action across our operations in order to further improve our TRIFR 
and LTIFR rates. We will also continue developing and standardising 
HSE systems across all our sites to identify areas in which we can 
better understand and improve health and safety.

44

“Safety is a ‘given’ at Ramelius and the safety and welfare of 
all personnel working at any of our operations are our key 
priorities. We follow a risk based and fit for purpose approach 
to the development, implementation and management of 
health and safety at our operations. Everyone that works at 
our operations is empowered to discuss and manage safety 
challenges every day.”  
- Duncan Coutts, Ramelius Resources Chief Operating Officer

Management of health and safety is handled by our health and  
safety team. At all times, we strive to increase the number of 
proactive safety systems and strategies being implemented across 
all our sites. This includes undertaking regular systems development 
and standardisation for existing sites and rolling out the process  
for new sites. 

Ramelius uses the INX system for data management of incident 
reporting and investigation outcomes and training records. A new 
module has now been added to the INX system for online learning 
which has a number of benefits and we have committed to this 
learning approach. A review of the overall system and benefits will 
be included in our 2021 Sustainability Report.

HEALTH AND WELLBEING

Ramelius takes a proactive approach to the health and well-being 
of our workforce. Our vision is to create a physically and mentally 
healthy working environment with improved workforce participation 
and increased social inclusion. We aim to do this by fostering more 
supportive and engaging team environments in order to increase 
resilience, enhance positive early intervention and reduce negative 
mental health outcomes. 

Ramelius ResourcesSUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

OUR PEOPLE (continued)

COVID-19 RESPONSE

In the 2020 financial year , Ramelius consolidated and standardised 
the medical service being provided to employees across all our 
operations. A competitive tender process was undertaken and in 
October 2019 dedicated medical service provider - Occupational 
and Environmental Medicine (OccuMed), was appointed to oversee 
health provision across our business. Through OccuMed, Ramelius 
provides the following services: 

•  Pre-employment medicals
•  Periodical medicals
•  Fitness-for-work testing
•  Workers compensation and injury management services
•  Tele-health service
•  Remote medical support

To ensure our personnel are fit for the role that they are employed 
to do, in the 2020 financial year we also created 40 Job Role Profiles 
(JRP). This approach ensures that all new recruits are now medically 
assessed against the correct JRP before being employed.

To ensure the health and safety of every person working at 
Ramelius, their families and communities during the COVID-19 
pandemic, we operate all our sites in strict adherence to advice 
from State and Federal health authorities. This minimises risk from 
the COVID-19 pandemic to our employees and the communities in 
which we operate. 

In the 2020 financial year, there was no material impact on 
Ramelius’s operations from COVID-19. Ramelius continues to 
employ a variety of approaches to mitigate the impacts of the 
pandemic in accordance with requirements outlined by the Australia 
Government Health Department, the Government of Western 
Australia’s Health Department and WA’s Department of Mines, 
Industry Regulation and Safety.

Our medical service provider OccuMed has also developed a 
Medical Management Plan to address issues arising from the 
COVID-19 pandemic. This plan is reviewed and updated regularly by 
OccuMed and communicated to operational sites for actioning. 

EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAM (ERT)

Each site has a core group of ERT volunteers who support 
the fulltime emergency personnel in regard to emergency 
preparedness. Site ERT target numbers are developed and 
agreed upon with site management teams and are based on 
a thorough analysis of the type of activities being undertaken 
and the size of the workforce. The ERT is made up of both 
employees and contractors’ team members.

Four new Certificate III in Mine Emergency Response and 
Rescue courses were run during 2020 financial year . A total 
of 39 people completed courses in Certificate III in Mine 
Emergency Response and Rescue across our three operational 
sites during the 2020 financial year. 

The overall growth in trained ERT members at all the Ramelius 
sites provides an increased level of confidence regarding 
response capability and capacity at all times.

Emergency response team (ERT) training

45

Annual Report 2020SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

ETHICAL BEHAVIOUR

All employees, including contractors working for or on behalf 
of Ramelius are required to adhere to overarching principles set 
out in our Code of Conduct Policy. This requires all employees and 
contractors to observe appropriate standards of behaviour, ethics 
and integrity as a condition of their employment. 

Our working values include honesty, fairness and respect and our 
culture is defined by a ‘fit-for purpose and can-do’ attitude. The 
Code of Conduct Policy includes the following expectations from our 
employees and contractors:

•  Honesty and fairness in all dealings with customers, co-workers, 

management and the public

•  Respect for our equipment, supplies and property
•  Zero tolerance for discrimination, harassment or offensive 

language and/or behaviour in the workplace

•  Adherence to appropriate Professional Codes of Practice and/or 

ethic

•  Zero tolerance for postings on any social media platform material 

that could reasonably be deemed inappropriate or unlawful, 
including posts that are bullying, threatening, defamatory, racist, 
sexist, obscene, discriminatory or profane, whether obscured by 
symbols or not, which contravene any existing Company policy or 
standards

WHISTLEBLOWING

In the 2020 financial year, Ramelius introduced a whistleblower 
mechanism through our Human Resource Management Policy to 
enable all directors and employees to report, without the risk of 
penalty or retribution to themselves or others, concerns about any 
questionable conduct or practice. 

This is in accordance with the whistleblower protections outlined in 
the Corporations Act 2001 (Corporations Act) which were expanded 
on 1 July 2019 to provide greater legal rights and protections 
for whistleblowers as regulated by the Australian Securities & 
Investments Commission (ASIC). Further information is available in 
our Code of Conduct and Human Resource Management Policy.

OUR PEOPLE (continued)
EMPLOYMENT AND CONTRACTORS 

DIVERSITY AND EQUAL OPPORTUNITY

Ramelius acknowledges that benefits flow from a workforce 
comprised of individuals who come from diverse backgrounds 
and offer a range of skills and experiences. This helps create a 
high performing, innovative environment that in turn benefits our 
organisation. 

As outlined in our Diversity Policy, Ramelius is committed to 
recruiting the best candidates to fill available positions regardless of 
gender, age, religion or cultural background. 

Our Diversity and Human Resource Management Policies together 
with our Code of Conduct Policy enshrine our commitment to 
operate a workplace free from discrimination and harassment, 
in which individuals are treated with respect, equity, dignity and 
fairness. The Policies and Code set out the procedures to address 
grievances and complaints including those relating to discrimination, 
harassment and bullying. 

Further information is provided in our Human Resource Management 
Policy, Diversity Policy and 2019 Workplace Gender Equality Public 
Report5. 

KEY DIVERSITY METRICS IN 2020

20%  of our Board of Directors is female
14%  of senior leaders are female
33%  of new hires were female

HUMAN RIGHTS

Ramelius is guided by the UN Guiding Principles on Business and 
Human Rights and the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human 
Rights (VPSHR) to respect the human rights of all stakeholders, 
ensuring the fundamental freedoms and basic human rights of all 
individuals. This commitment is reinforced by our Modern Slavery and 
Human Rights Policy. 

Our Modern Slavery Statement will be published in 2021 and will 
cover our expectations regarding risks of modern slavery in our 
operations and supply chains and the action being taken to address 
those risks. This is in accordance with the Commonwealth Modern 
Slavery Act 2018: Guidance for Reporting Entities.

5 www.rameliusresources.com.au/wp-content/uploads/bsk-pdf-manager/2019/10/2019-Workplace-Gender-Equality-Public-Report.pdf

46

Ramelius ResourcesSUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

OUR PEOPLE (continued)
TALENT ATTRACTION, DEVELOPMENT AND RETENTION 

DEVELOPING AND REWARDING OUR PEOPLE

We provide opportunities and support to employees to improve the skills, knowledge and qualifications that are required for the 
performance of their existing roles and for improving their prospects of promotion to other internal roles. 

Informal annual performance reviews were conducted for all employees in the 2020 financial year. Additional training, including mines rescue 
training, was also offered to enhance employee performance and effectiveness.

Salaries are set on the basis of the level of responsibility of the position, technical skills and qualifications required to perform the role, and 
are professionally benchmarked against industry standards and peers on an annual basis.

DEVELOPING THE NEXT GENERATION

Ramelius aims to create a bright future for students and graduates entering the mining 
industry by offering work placements, graduate programs and apprenticeships. Our 
graduate program offers university graduates a flexible program that aims to support 
them in their transition from study to career. 

In the 2020 financial year, we have one apprentice and seven graduate students, three 
of whom are female. The program is designed to support, challenge and reward 
graduates in a work environment that will foster and develop them into future leaders 
and technical experts. 

Ramelius supports the WA School of Mines Wallabies, a non-profit, student run 
organisation that participates in events and programs like the Australian Institute of 
Mining and Metallurgy (AusIMM) National Mining Competition and New Leaders 
Conferences, international collegiate mining competitions and orientation weeks.

We also offer a scholarship to support students from all backgrounds realise their full 
potential. More information can be found in Case Study 2 below.

From left to right WA School of Mines Wallabies: Sherran De Silva, 
CEO Mark Zeptner and Benjamin Fallows

CASE STUDY 2: BOB KENNEDY 
SCHOLARSHIP

In memory of former Chairman, Robert (Bob) Kennedy, Ramelius 
offer a scholarship to support students from all backgrounds 
realise their full potential. The scholarship is open to any Ramelius 
employee or those with a family connection to Ramelius. The 
Scholarship provides up to $10,000 to the cost of course fees, 

books, computing and other related study fees.

“It’s been the biggest help in starting my university courses and 
it’s been really nice getting to know some of the staff at Ramelius” 
2019 scholarship recipient Jade Rotherham, Bachelor of Science 
(Environment Science and Zoology)

Annual Report 2020

47

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

OUR COMMUNITIES

Indigenous and native title

Taxes, royalties and supplier 
payments 

Community relations and 
investment

Ramelius believes that meaningful stakeholder 
engagement and partnerships empower the 
community, build trust and decrease  
operational risk. 

Our approach to social responsibility ensures that we deliver 
sustainable and long-lasting social and economic benefits to native 
titleholders, local communities and interest holders in the regions 
in which our projects are located. We are guided by our Community 
Consultation Policy.

INDIGENOUS COMMUNITIES AND  
NATIVE TITLEHOLDERS

Ramelius considers native titleholders and indigenous communities 
as one of our core stakeholder groups. We strive to work from a 
position of respect for indigenous culture, traditions and cultural 
sites and endeavour to foster a spirit of cooperation, with the aim of 
creating goodwill, mutual awareness, understanding and respect.

As outlined in our Indigenous Peoples Policy, we work with Aboriginal 
representatives to improve communication and better understand 
the views and beliefs of the indigenous communities local to 
our operations. We will be guided by the Native Title Legislation 
Amendment Bill 2019 in all of our future dealings over native title 
negotiations.

We aim to ensure that employees and contractors approach 
culturally significant sites with respect and a clear understanding 
of importance of the land to indigenous communities. We are 
committed to taking appropriate steps to identify and reduce the 
effects of any unforeseen impacts from its activities on indigenous 
communities, land, culture, traditions and cultural sites.

In order to increase our understanding of indigenous culture and our 
connections with indigenous communities, we have been involved in 
a number of educational, cultural and sporting initiatives, examples 
of which are provided in Case Studies below.

CASE STUDY 3: INDIGENOUS CULTURAL CONTRIBUTION 
THROUGH THE MOUNT MAGNET BENEFIT FUND

Since 2015, the Ramelius Community Benefit Fund (RCBF) has helped support Indigenous community groups to undertake 
social, community and recreational projects in the Mount Magnet area through approximately $60,000 in total grants per 
year and over $300,000 over the last 5 years. In the 2020 financial year, the Fund supported the following organisations:

•  Badimia Land Aboriginal Corporation (BLAC): manages heritage and land projects for the Badimia People in conjunction 

with Heritage Link, including promoting Badimia art and culture, fostering training, employment and business 
opportunities and operating the Wirnda Barna Art Centre: badimia.org.au 

•  Shine Inspire Achieve Belong Inc (SHINE): collaborates with WA secondary schools to actively connect with adolescent 

female students from Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander backgrounds who are at risk of disengaging from the 
conventional education system: shinetoday.com.au 

48 Ramelius Resources

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

OUR COMMUNITIES (continued)
TAXES, ROYALTIES AND SUPPLIER PAYMENTS 

In the 2020 financial year, we engaged local community stakeholders 
through our Greenfinch project consultation, Tampia community 
meeting and informal interactions in our local Shires.

Through the payment of taxes, government royalties, workforce 
wages and supplier payments, Ramelius makes a significant financial 
contribution to local, regional and national economies. In the 2020 
financial year , we contributed over $476.1 million to the Australian 
economy through the following mechanisms:

Ramelius recognises that financial and in-kind contributions are 
a critical aspect of community investment and support. Our 
community investments are carefully considered to ensure they 
create a positive impact on the communities and its members, as 
well as aligning with our business priorities.

•  Goods and services: $366.5 million
•  Wages: $46.0 million
•  Taxes: $35.2 million
•  Royalties: $19.3 million
•  Dividends: $6.6 million
•  Interest: $0.3 million
•  State and shire rent: $2.2 million
•  Community contributions and donations: over $400,000

COMMUNITY RELATIONS AND INVESTMENT 

We are committed to involving local and indigenous communities 
in the areas in which we operate in planning and decision-making 
and ensuring accountability through effective communication and 
consultation strategies.

In the 2020 financial year, we donated approximately $400,000 
to support initiatives and groups seeking to build lasting, positive 
community impact. We also made $55,000 worth of in-kind 
donations towards additional events and programs. 

Some of our major donations went to the Shire of Mount Magnet’s 
Community Benefit Fund, the Starlight Children’s Foundation, 
the MACA Cancer 200 Challenge, Netball WA, the feature film 
The Furnace set in WA’s 1890s gold rush, and the Gold Industry 
Group (GIG). An overview of the wide range of community-
related projects in which Ramelius has been involved through our 
membership of GIG is provided in the following Case Study which 
includes a snapshot of grants provided to local community groups. 

49

Annual Report 2020CASE STUDY 4: GOLD INDUSTRY GROUP  
COMMUNITY INITIATIVES

Through our membership of the Gold Industry Group 
(GIG), Ramelius supports a wide range of initiatives 
covering communities, education, youth sport, diversity, 
tourism, indigenous advancement, health and safety, 
environment and economic growth. These include:

•  Educational and sporting pathways for women and 
indigenous communities through Netball WA 
of which GIG is a Premier Partner. This includes 
annual scholarships to assist student netballers 
pursue a career in gold mining and Leadership 
Camps held with Netball WA’s Aboriginal All 
Stars to help young indigenous players develop 
their leadership qualities, prioritise health and well-
being and improve their netball skills.

o  Mental health and well-being through Lifeline 

WA, and 

o  Food provision for disadvantaged communities 

through Foodbank WA.

•  Pathways in Australia’s gold industry for jobseekers, 

employees, students and teachers through 
Gold Jobs, a central online hub of employment 
opportunities; 

•  Education in science, technology, engineering and 
mathematics (STEM) in Australian primary and 
secondary schools across four states through 
GIG’s National Gold Education Program in 
conjunction with Earth Science WA (ESWA);

•  Sporting opportunities, facilities and equipment for 
young female Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders 
through the Shooting Stars netball team of which 
GIG is a Premier Partner.

•  GIG’s annual Women in Gold Great Diversity 
Debate in Perth, Sydney and Melbourne which 
promotes gender diversity in the Australian gold 
mining industry;

•  Over $9 million donated by GIG as part of the 

•  Gold tourism initiatives and businesses to drive 

COVID-19 Community Support Initiative set up 
by the Chamber of Minerals and Energy of WA 
supporting:

o  Remote medical provision through the Royal 

Flying Doctor Service (RFDS), 

economic growth across WA’s gold mining region 
through GIG’s Heart of Gold Australia app 
which promotes Perth and Kalgoorlie Heart of 
Gold Discovery Trails and the other gold tourism 
experiences. 

50

Ramelius Resources

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

OUR ENVIRONMENT

Water

Emissions and energy

Waste, effluents, air pollution

Ramelius is committed to attaining an outstanding level of 
environmental performance across all of our operations. We  
have a social responsibility to not only achieve all legislative 
compliance expectations but also to strive for best practice in 
meeting the environmental expectations of the communities in 
which we operate.

Our environmental activities are instructed by our HSE Policy which 
outlines guiding environmental principles and a commitment to 
environmental sustainability and conducting our business activities in 
an environmentally responsible manner.

Ramelius operates all mine sites in accordance with the 
policies, regulations and environmental requirements outlined 
in Western Australia’s Mining Act 1978. All our operations 
have been assessed under a rigorous risk and outcomes-based 
environmental assessment process with clear objectives to ensure 
the environmental risk assessment and setting of site-specific 
environmental outcomes is consistent with the expectations of 
our stakeholders. Approved projects are then commenced and 
monitored to protect the environmental values of the areas in which 
we operate.

Environmental data on water, air emissions and energy is collated 
annually across our operations and verified by third party auditors 
Greenbase. Ramelius has used the 2020 financial year to establish 
a baseline environmental monitoring process. This will help us 
measure our environmental performance and enable us to strive for 
year-on-year improvements. 

WATER

Ramelius recognises that the semi-arid geographical locations of our 
operations are in some of the most water-deprived regions of the 
WA’s Wheatbelt and the Goldfields. The climate in these areas is 
mostly hot and dry with variable annual rainfall of around 340mm 
and 250mm per year respectively. We are cognisant of water being 
a valuable resource, not just to our operations but also to the towns 
and pastoralists of the districts in which we operate. 

We aim to demonstrate optimal water management by using this 
resource responsibly and efficiently and by maximising our re-use of 
water from Tailings Storage Facilities (TSF), minimising our reliance 
on natural surface and groundwater sources and preferentially 
utilising sources of saline water instead of fresh water.

Each of our sites complies with stringent water licensing conditions 
which have been placed on the mines to ensure our operational 
impacts are ecologically-sustainable, environmentally-acceptable, not 
prejudicial to other current and future needs for water and unlikely 
to have a detrimental effect on another person or another source.

In the 2020 financial year, we abstracted a total 3,551ML of raw 
(saline) water for all our sites, with an additional 677ML of recycled 
water used. Recycling and re-using water from TSFs not only 
reduces demand on natural sources of surface and groundwater, but 
also saves on process plant chemical costs and maintains the safe, 
dewatered operation of TSFs. 

In the 2021 financial year, we will continue accessing sources of 
saline water for our operations in preference to fresh water in  
order to free up more potable water for the communities in which 
we operate.

51

Annual Report 2020SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

OUR ENVIRONMENT (continued)
ENERGY AND EMISSIONS

The mining sector recognises the contributions the industry makes 
to global greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) and climate change. 
Ramelius recognises that climate-related risk may impact our 
business and we have a responsibility to reduce our emissions.  
As a first step, we are collating and reporting annual GHG  
emissions, energy production and energy consumption data  
and improvement initiatives in line with National Greenhouse  
and Energy Reporting (NGER).

Where our sites are located in close proximity to WA’s electricity 
grid, we preferentially utilise this source to power our sites 
particularly for the energy-intensive processing hub operations at 
Mt Magnet and Edna May. Our remote regional sites use diesel for 
electricity provision which is closely monitored and rationalised 
where possible.

This year, we sourced a total 1,847,953Gj of electricity from  
the grid and diesel generation. In the 2021 financial year, we will 
focus on improving efficiencies in consumption rate across all of  
our operations. 

Our total Scope 1 and 2 emissions were 140,442 t CO2e.

WASTE, EFFLUENTS AND AIR POLLUTION

Mining operations have the potential to generate significant streams 
of non-hazardous and putrescible waste including tyres, batteries, oil, 
grease and other hydrocarbon-contaminated wastes, food scraps, 
metals, cardboard, glass, plastic, and aluminium. 

The remote, isolated locations of our regional mine sites generally 
mean recycling these wastes can be costly and impractical for the 
business. To counter this, Ramelius continually aims to reduce the 
burden of these waste streams in the first instance by limiting them 
from coming to site and then being placed in landfill. 

All sites contractually oblige suppliers to provide products with 
minimal packaging where possible, and to use licensed waste 
transport companies to send waste oils and other hydrocarbons for 
recycling at dedicated facilities. 

Other waste products include effluent from wastewater treatment 
plants which is treated in accordance with licensed standards prior 
to discharge. An example of the way in which we are working to 
improve the use of wastewater treatment is outlined in Case Study 
5 Wastewater treatment at Edna May. 

Dust pollution from mining and trucking activities can reduce 
air quality. Procedures are in place across all our mine sites to 
reduce dust generation by watering surfaces with saline water 
and monitoring dust deposition levels at sensitive environmental 
receptor locations.

CASE STUDY 5: WASTEWATER 
TREATMENT AT EDNA MAY

Following an upgrade to the effluent wastewater treatment 
plant at our Edna May operation, all wastewater is now 
treated to WA Department of Health standards, making it 
suitable and safe for irrigating local public playing fields under 
agreement with the Shire of Westonia. 

Ramelius benefits from reusing this important source of 
water and the community and the environment benefits 
by eliminating reliance on town supply of fresh potable 
water from the Goldfield Water Supply Scheme pipeline, 
freeing up the resource for other uses.

Westonia Oval, Shire of Westonia

52

Ramelius Resources

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

In the 2020 financial year, each operation reviewed its approved 
Mine Closure Plan with Ramelius also commissioning an independent 
review of our closure cost provisioning in order to refine and 
improve our methodology, address closure knowledge gaps and 
replace cost assumptions with up-to-date rates.

During the 2020 financial year, Ramelius had a total tenement land 
holding package of 347,617 hectares, of which land disturbed by 
mining totalled just 1,788 hectares (0.51%). The amount of land 
currently under rehabilitation, which includes land that has been 
fully rehabilitated and relinquished, is 583 hectares which equates to 
32.6% of disturbed land restored. 

BIODIVERSITY

Ramelius adheres to environmental objectives and regulations 
that seek to protect fauna, flora and vegetation so that biological 
diversity and ecological integrity are maintained. Each new greenfield 
project and proposed operational expansion is subjected to rigorous 
environmental baseline and impact assessment studies, undertaken 
to a standard consistent with best practice guidance to ensure our 
projects avoid and minimise impacts to biodiversity. 

Occasionally, significant fauna, flora and vegetation are encountered 
during surveys and additional levels of planning are required to 
manage and mitigate unacceptable potential impacts. One such 
example occurred at the Edna May Operations for the newly 
proposed Greenfinch Project, which is outlined in the Case  
Study on page 54.

All of Ramelius’ baseline biodiversity study reports are submitted 
to environmental regulators during the mining project permit 
application process. The information contributes to Western 
Australia’s environmental and biodiversity datasets which then 
provides a broader decision-making base for regulators, an expanded 
knowledge base of the State’s flora and fauna, and improved 
availability of environmental information for the community to 
create better environmental outcomes for the State.

6 https://www.rameliusresources.com.au/environment/

OUR ENVIRONMENT (continued)
TAILINGS MANAGEMENT 

Ramelius builds, owns and operates two Tailings Storage Facilities 
(TSF) across our mining operations. The design, construction, 
operation and closure of these facilities is strictly controlled by 
government regulation, codes of practice and relevant guidelines, 
as well as our own internal standards, procurement policies and 
contractor management processes. 

The chosen location, design, construction method, operational 
strategy, monitoring and surveillance, emergency response planning 
and rehabilitation of each TSF undergoes a rigorous risk and 
environmental impact assessments prior to approval. 

Specialist engineers are engaged by Ramelius to ensure all factors 
that can potentially impact on the long-term performance of each 
TSF are considered and all risks are addressed. The design process is 
complex, but repeatable and rigorous, and ensures the integrity and 
safety of each TSF’s during:

•  normal and irregular operation
•  extreme weather and events
•  decommissioning

The priority is to ensure that our TSFs are safe, stable, erosion-
resistant, and non-polluting after tenement relinquishment.

Ramelius also completes detailed and regular inspections and 
auditing of our operating TSFs, including the preparation and 
implementation of a site-specific TSF Operating Manual which sets 
out the safe and environmentally-acceptable operating procedures, 
monitoring and reporting requirements, trigger levels and actions to 
be taken to rectify any potential deficiencies. 

Audit reports are lodged with relevant regulators demonstrating our 
compliance with all conditions. Regulations also require Ramelius to 
use independent TSF consultant engineers for the design and annual 
inspection of our TSFs as well as requirements for the provision 
of information, instruction, training and supervision that assures 
the integrity of facilities and the occupational safety and health of 
personnel working at them. More information can be found in the 
Management of Tailings Report6 on our website

REHABILITATION AND CLOSURE MANAGEMENT

Ramelius strives to revegetate our disturbances in a manner that 
promotes biological diversity and ecological integrity.

All our operations work to keep land clearing and disturbed ground 
to an absolute minimum. In order to develop the knowledge and 
capabilities to meet stakeholder expectations on mine rehabilitation 
and closure, we work to progressively rehabilitate mining 
disturbances as effectively as possible during the lifetime of  
our operations. 

53

Annual Report 2020Photos of Eremophila Resinosa and the Eucalypt Woodlands

CASE STUDY 6: GREENFINCH PROJECT,  
WESTERN AUSTRALIA

The Greenfinch Project lies approximately 2km north of 
the Westonia township in WA’s Wheatbelt region. Initial 
plans for the mining development required vegetation 
clearing of some 62.3 hectares which was previously 
surveyed for biological diversity. 

Much of the vegetation (39.1 hectares) within the 
proposed project footprint had been mapped as 
Eucalypt Woodlands of the WA Wheatbelt and listed 
as Critically Endangered under the Environment 
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 
(EPBC Act), a Threatened Ecological Community 
(TEC) and a Priority Ecological Community for WA. 
Additional assessments undertaken by Ramelius 
identified that the vegetation type:

•  Provides potential foraging habitat for the 

nationally-endangered Carnaby’s Black-Cockatoo

•  Provides habitat for the critically-endangered Arid 

Bronze Azure Butterfly

•  Contains the Eremophila Resinosa, a flowering 
figwort plant, which is a Declared Rare Flora 
species under the WA Biodiversity Conservation Act 
2016, listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act, 
and ranked as Endangered under the IUCN Red 
List of Threatened Species.

Ramelius responded to the potential risk to habitat 
by engaging government regulators and advisory 
departments, NGOs and interest groups, subject 
matter experts and local communities to re-design a 
project footprint that avoided or at worst minimised 
the impacts to manageable and acceptable levels. 

Using the baseline biodiversity and species studies, 
we were ultimately able to re-design the Greenfinch 
Project so that just 16.6 hectares of conservation-
significant vegetation was cleared (a 57% reduction) 
with no loss of any Eremophila resinosa plants. 

54

Ramelius Resources

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

PERFORMANCE DATA

SAFETY

Safety performance

Mill Production

Employee fatalities

Contractor fatalities

Total Recordable Incident Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

Employee Total Recordable Incident Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

Contractor Total Recordable Incident Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

Lost Time Injury Frequency (LTIF )

Lost Time Injuries

Restricted work

Medical treatment injuries

Unless specified, all classifications above include contractors.

Emergency Rescue Teams (ERT)

2020

-

-

18.3

6.79

17.76

8.14

13

21

20

 Total

PEOPLE

Diversity

Profile 2020

Mt Magnet

Edna May

25

 19

Vivien

 11

Full time 
employee

M

209

F

33

Part time 
employee

Full time contract

Part time 
contract

Casual

Employees total Workforce

M

1

F

2

M

-

F

-

M

-

F

-

M

13

F

1

M

223

F

36

Total

259

Level 2020 - including 
contractors

Board

Leadership

Managers

M

5

F

1

M

7

F

1

M

12

F

1

Professional / 
Trade

M

145

F

17

Operator

M

54

F

14

New Employees 2020

Age group <36

Age group 36–55

Age group >55

Employees total

Total

M

33

F

7

M

14

F

9

M

8

F

2

M

55

F

18

73

Turnover 2020

Age group <36

Age group 36–55

Age group >55

Total

M

43

F

9

M

21

F

5

M

18

F

-

96

Site Profile 2020

Corporate

Mt Magnet

Edna May

Vivien

Exploration

M

20

M

4

-

F

8

F

3

1

Developing our 
approach to diversity 
and inclusion

Graduate

Apprentice

M

93

F

18

M

88

M

10

M

6

F

4

M

19

F

5

M

226

Total

7

1

Total

F

45

All

271

55

Annual Report 2020SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

PERFORMANCE DATA (continued)
ENVIRONMENT

Environmental compliance and incidents

Monetary value of significant fines ($A)

2020 environmental Incidents

Total volume of significant spills (ML)

Energy

Energy consumption (GJ)

Total
Energy intensity  
(ore processed - GJ/tonne)
Total

Emissions

Total direct and indirect emissions
Greenhouse gas emissions Scope 1  
(t CO2-e)(1)
Greenhouse gas emissions Scope 2  
(t CO2-e)(2)
Total of Scope 1 and Scope 2 (t CO2-e)

-

33

-

2020

1,847,953

0.44

2020

105,215

35,227

140,442

Water

Water withdrawal Surface (ML) water
Bore water - saline (ML)
Total water withdrawal
Recycled (ML)
% Total reused
Water intensity (ore processed-kL/
tonne)

2020
3,551
3,551
677
19%

0.84

Waste

Mineral waste

Total

Tailings

Asset
Number of active TSF
Number of inactive TSF
Construction Type (eg. 
Downstream, HDPE Lined, 
Upstream, IWL)

Acid-generating seepage

Waste material 
mined (kt)
20,568

Total ore 
processed (kt)
4,235

Mt Magnet
1
4

Edna May
1
-

Upstream

IWL

Asset

Mt Magnet

Edna May

Vivien

The energy and emissions boundary is based on operational control 
as defined by the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting (NGER) 
Act 2007. The applied global warming potential (GWP) rates and 
emission factors are based on the NGER Act (2007) and the National 
Pollutant Inventory.

Predicted to occur
Actively mitigated
Under treatment or 
remediation

(1)   Scope 1 refers to emissions produced directly by operations, primarily resulting 

Rehabilitation and closure

-
-

-

-
-

-

-
-

-

from combustion of various fuels and includes CO2-equivalent values for 
greenhouse gases such as CH4, N20 and SF6.

(2)   Scope 2 refers to indirect emissions resulting from the import of electricity from 

external parties; commonly the electricity grid.

Land management 
(ha)
2020 Total

Land disturbed
 1,788 

Land 
rehabilitated
583.04

Sites with 
protected 
conservation 
status
-

56

Ramelius ResourcesSUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)

PERFORMANCE DATA (continued)
SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 

Socioeconomic contribution

(A$) million

Operations Employees

Region

Supplier 
payments 
(Goods and 
services)

Local suppliers, rates and employees

National economy (excluding local 
suppliers and employees)
Total

3.8

362.7

366.5

Economic contribution

Wages

2.2

43.8

46.0

Contributed into Australian Economy (A$) million

Direct spend with community organisations (A$) million

Reconciliation to income tax payable

Profit before income tax expense

Permanent differences
Temporary differences:
–  Accounting and tax depreciation differences
–  Mine development
–  Exploration and evaluation expenditure
–  Provisions
–  Other
Taxable income before utilisation of carried forward tax losses
Australian income tax payable
Corporate income tax paid during the year ended June 2020
Utilisation of carried forward losses
2020 R&D refund expected
Net income tax payable/(receivable) 

Community and cultural heritage

Material Cultural Heritage incidents

Material Community Impact incidents
2020 R&D refund expected
Net income tax payable/(receivable) 

Payments to 
providers of 
capital

Dividend 
payments to 
shareholders

-

6.6

6.6

Payments 
to financial

Payments to government

Total 
contribution

Interest

Taxes

Royalties

State and 
Shire Rent

-

35.2

35.2

-

19.3

19.3

2.2

-

2.2

8.2

467.9

476.1

-

0.3

0.3

2020

476.1

8.2

2020 
(A$) million 

 149.5 

 4.5 

 (0.4)
 (23.2)
 (35.1)
 (4.0)
 4.0 
 95.3 
 28.6 
 (1.2)
 (6.1)
 -  
 21.3 

2020

-

-
 - 
 21.3 

57

Annual Report 2020ANNUAL  
FINANCIAL REPORT

Directors’ report 
  Directors and Company Secretary 

Principal activities 

  Key highlights for the year 
  Dividends 

Events since the end of the financial year 

  Operations review 
Financial review 

  Development and exploration projects 

Investor Relations 
  Material business risks 

Environmental regulation  
Information on Directors 

  Meetings of Directors 
  Remuneration report 
Shares under option 
Insurance of officers and indemnities 
Proceedings on behalf of the company 

  Non-audit services 
  Auditor independence 
  Rounding of amounts 
  Auditor’s independence declaration 
Financial statements 
Financial statements 

  Notes to the financial statements 

Signed reports 
  Directors’ declaration 

Independent auditor’s report to the members 

60
60
60
60
61
61
61
62
65
65
66
67
68
70
70
79
79
79
80
80
80
81
83
84
89
137
137
138

58

Ramelius Resources 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FOR THE  
FINANCIAL YEAR  
ENDED JUNE 2020

59

Annual Report 2020DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Your Directors present their report on the consolidated entity consisting of Ramelius 
Resources Limited and the entities it controlled at the end of, or during, the year ended  
30 June 2020. Throughout the report, the consolidated entity is referred to as Ramelius  
or the group. Unless specifically noted, all dollar amounts disclosed in this report are 
Australian Dollars (A$ or AUD).

DIRECTORS AND COMPANY SECRETARY
The following persons were Directors of Ramelius Resources Limited during the whole of the financial year and up to the date of this report:
Mark Zeptner
Michael Bohm
David Southam

Kevin Lines was a Director of Ramelius Resources Ltd during the whole of the financial year and up to 30 September 2020.

Natalia Streltsova was appointed as a Director on 1 October 2019 and continued in office at the date of this report.

The Company Secretary is Richard Jones. Mr Jones has nearly 20 years’ experience as a corporate commercial lawyer in both private and in-house 
capacities and across various industries. He has also served as Company Secretary for ASX listed and unlisted companies in the mining sector.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
The principal activities of the group during the year included exploration, mine development, mine operations and the production and sale of gold. 
There were no significant changes to those activities during the year.

KEY HIGHLIGHTS FOR THE YEAR

Acquisition of the Penny Gold Project (Spectrum Metals Limited)
The Penny Gold Project was the primary asset of Spectrum Metals Limited (Spectrum), which was acquired by Ramelius during the year.  
The Penny Gold Project is located 130km south-east of the Mt Magnet mining and processing operations and approximately 500km north-east of 
Perth in Western Australia. The Penny Gold Project currently has a Mineral Resource of 300,000 ounces and an Ore Reserve of 230,000 ounces 
(refer to ASX Announcement dated 30 June 2020 ‘Ramelius Extends Life of Mine Plan by 34% to 1.45Moz’ for full details).

On 10 February 2020 Ramelius announced an off-market takeover offer for Spectrum Metals Limited. Under the offer Spectrum shareholders 
received one (1) Ramelius share for every ten (10) Spectrum shares held and cash consideration of A$0.017 for each Spectrum share held.  
On the same day, the Spectrum Board unanimously recommended that Spectrum shareholders accept the Ramelius offer in the absence of a 
superior proposal.

Control was attained on 17 March 2020 with Ramelius holding a relevant intertest in Spectrum of 50.50%, or 727,402,825 Spectrum shares. 
Ramelius obtained 100% control on 23 June 2020.

A total of $28.9 million cash consideration (net of cash acquired) was paid along with 145,203,969 Ramelius shares issued to Spectrum Share and 
Option holders as part of the offer. Acquisition costs totalled $11.7 million which includes stamp duty on the transaction (which as at 30 June 2020 
was not yet finalised).

Commencement of mining operations at the Marda Gold Project
The Mining Proposal and Mine Closure Plan for the Marda Gold Project were approved in September 2019 with site works and ore mining 
commencing shortly thereafter. A total of 449k tonnes were mined in the financial year at a grade of 1.78 g/t for 25,656 ounces of contained gold. 
As at 30 June 2020 a total of 276k tonnes of ore was stockpiled at site awaiting haulage to Edna May for processing.

The Marda Gold Project is located 176km by road north-northeast of the Edna May operations and is amenable to processing at the existing Edna 
May facilities. The Marda Gold Project has a Mineral Resource of 300,000 ounces and an initial Ore Reserve of 89,000 ounces. The Marda Gold 
Project was acquired in the 2019 financial year via the acquisition of Black Oak Minerals Limited (in Liquidation). 

Commencement of mining operations at the Greenfinch open pit (Edna May)
On 3 October 2019 Ramelius was advised that the revised Clearing Permit application for the Greenfinch open pit project, adjacent to 
the company’s Edna May gold operations in Western Australia, had been granted by the Department of Mining, Industry Regulation and 
Safety (DMIRS). 

On 28 January 2020 Ramelius further received the final Federal Controlled Action environmental approval to proceed with the project.  
Clearing and grade control drilling commenced in February 2020 with ore mining following in March 2020. A total of 117k tonnes were mined in 
the financial year at a grade of 0.89 g/t for 3,380 ounces of contained gold. Mine performance has been in line with the mine plan and grades are 
expected to increase as the pit reaches depth.

There were no other significant changes in the state of affairs of the group that occurred during the financial year not otherwise disclosed in this 
report or the financial statements.

60

Ramelius ResourcesDIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

COVID-19
The COVID-19 virus had no material impact to the operations of Ramelius with the company implementing several measures that it believes go 
beyond just the formal guidance issued by State and Federal health authorities. Ramelius has defined clear processes throughout the organisation 
to ensure that all employees and contractors do their absolute best to control the risk of infection and transmission of COVID-19. Initiatives 
implemented include:

•  Travel: suspending international travel and restricting non-essential domestic and intrastate travel.

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Social distancing: utilising video and phone conference facilities, reducing face-to-face interactions, and increasing flexible working arrangements 
wherever possible.

 Health management: proactive temperature testing and screening of individuals prior to entering the company’s sites or corporate offices, strict 
hygiene practices, along with the securing of clinical masks, hand sanitiser, and COVID-19 swab test kits. In addition, plans were put in place for 
the isolation, testing, and rapid removal from site of any employee or contractor displaying flulike symptoms.

 Planning: the addition of a number of casual employees to be available in the event of the loss of team members from any part of the business 
as well as the constant management and review of the supply chain.

 Communication: constant liaison with WA Health Department, through our consultant occupational doctor and medical provider, to ensure 
best practice as far as possible with the ever-changing regime around controlling the virus. In addition to this there was frequent communication 
across the entire work force regarding COVID-19 and company protocols.

All Ramelius mine operations are located within Western Australia which has enabled the group to have a dynamic, rapid, and consistent approach 
to the management of the COVID-19 virus. Whilst at the date of this report the COVID-19 situation in Western Australia seems to be relatively 
under control, management continues to diligently monitor and be in a position to respond quickly to the ongoing COVID-19 virus.

DIVIDENDS

Dividends recommended but not yet paid
Since the end of the 2020 financial year the Directors have recommended the payment of a fully franked final dividend of 2.0 cents per fully paid 
share. The fully franked final dividend will have a record date of 2 September 2020 and a payment date of 2 October 2020.

The financial effect of the final dividend has not been brought to account in the financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2020 but will be 
recognised in subsequent financial reports.

Dividends paid

Dividends paid

Final ordinary dividend for the 2019 financial year 
of 1 cent (2019: nil) per fully paid share paid  
on 4 October 2019

2020
$M

2019
$M

6.6

-

Table 6: Dividends paid to members during the 2020 financial year.

EVENTS SINCE THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR
No matter or circumstance has arisen since 30 June 2020 that has significantly affected the group’s operations, results, or state of affairs, or may 
do so in the future.

OPERATIONS REVIEW
A review of the group’s operations for the year is discussed in the ‘Review of Operations’ section of this Annual Report which commences  
on page 12.

61

Annual Report 2020DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Financial performance *  

Revenue

Cash costs of production

Gross margin excluding ‘non-cash’ items

Amortisation and depreciation

Inventory movements

Gross profit

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)

Net finance costs

Mt 
Magnet 
$M

Edna  
May
$M

Corp  
and other
$M

Group
2020
$M

2019
$M

Change
$M

Change
%

324.3

136.3

(157.8)

166.5

(70.5)

38.4

134.4

134.4

-

(84.6)

51.7

(32.6)

17.7

36.8

36.8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

460.6

352.8

(242.4)

(210.2)

218.2

(103.1)

56.1

171.2

142.6

(81.3)

(17.7)

43.6

30.7

(0.3)

107.8

(32.2)

75.6

(21.8)

73.8

127.6

121.8

(2.7)

+ 31%

+ 15%

+ 53%

+ 27%

- 417%

+ 293%

+ 397%

+ 900%

(18.7)

152.5

(3.0)

(3.0)

Profit / (loss) before income tax

134.4

36.8

(21.7)

149.5

30.4

119.1

+ 392%

Income tax expense

-

-

(36.1)

(36.1)

(8.6)

(27.5)

+ 320%

Profit / (loss) for the year

134.4

36.8

(57.8)

113.4

21.8

91.6

+ 420%

*  Note that the 2019 comparative information has not been restated for the impact of AASB 16 Leases as per that Standard. Refer to Note 13 of the financial statements for 

further details on the impact of the application of AASB 16 Leases.

Table 7: 2020 Financial performance

Revenue reconciliation

$65.7

$460.6

$0.9

M
$
A

$475

$450

$425

$400

$375

$350

$325

$43.0

$352.8

2019 sales 
revenue

Volume

Average  
gold price

Silver and  
other sales

2020 sales 
revenue

Figure 8: Revenue reconciliation between 2020 and 2019

62

Ramelius ResourcesDIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

Revenue
Revenue for the year ended 30 June 2020 increased by 31% to $460.6 million compared to $352.8 million for the year ended 30 June 2019.  
This excellent result was achieved with an increase in gold production of 17% coupled with a 17% increase in the average realised gold price.

•  Mt Magnet gold sales increased by 36% or 43,699 ounces due to the higher grades as discussed within this report.

• 

• 

Edna May gold sales decreased by 23% or 18,807 ounces due to the lower tonnages being milled as discussed within this report.

 The realised gold price for the year was $2,014 per ounce being a 17% increase on the 2019 realised gold price of $1,726 per ounce.  
This was below the average spot price for the year with some gold being delivered into forward contracts.

•  The average price of the hedge book as at 30 June 2020 increased 16% over the year to $2,135 per ounce (2019: $1,834 per ounce).

• 

• 

Silver sales were comparable year on year.

 Other sales decreased $0.9 million in 2020 with the 2019 year other income including the gain on sale of equipment at Edna May as the mine 
moved to a contractor model when operations focussed on the underground development.

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)
The EBIT for Ramelius increased 397% to $152.5 million for the year ended 30 June 2020 compared to $30.7 million for the year ended 
30 June 2019. This record result was achieved on higher A$ gold prices, higher production and sales through an increase in head grades and a 
continued focus on maintaining control over costs across the business.

For the group the overall cost per tonne increased 7% however it is important to note that this is the result of a change in the proportional ore 
feed of the group with more tonnes being sourced from the higher cost, but much higher grade, underground mines at both sites. As a result of 
the increase in grades across the group the overall cost per ounce decreased 16% from the 2019 financial year with the EBIT margin increasing 
nearly fourfold to 33.1% (2019: 8.7%). 

Whilst gold production is up, it was achieved on lower tonnages which has resulted in total operating costs being 6% down on the prior year. 
The chart below demonstrates the impact of this on the EBIT for the year.

Looking at the operations individually the costs per tonne are comparable to the 2019 financial year, this is discussed further below.

Reconciliation of earnings before interests and tax (EBIT)

$19.9

$6.8

$152.5

$43.0

M
$
A

$180.0

$160.0

$140.0

$120.0

$100.0

$80.0

$60.0

$40.0

$20.0

0

$65.7

$30.7

2019 EBIT

Improved gold 
price

Increased 
volume

Operating 
costs

Corp
and other

2020 EBIT

Figure 9: Reconciliation of movement in EBIT from 2019 to 2020

63

Annual Report 2020DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

Mt Magnet delivered an EBIT of $134.4 million for the year ended 30 June 2020 which was up from the $14.5 million EBIT for the corresponding 
prior period. Profitability at Mt Magnet was up on 2019 due to higher grades and higher realised gold prices in the 2020 financial year. The cost 
per tonne at Mt Magnet was down 1% on the prior year with the low cost Eridanus tonnes being mitigated in part by the availability of the more 
expensive, but higher grade, underground tonnes. 

With operating costs per tonne being comparable year on year, the main driver of the increased profitability has been the higher grades at  
Mt Magnet which brings the operating cost per ounce down by 27%. Grades were up at Mt Magnet as a result of 50% more underground ore 
being available at a grade 21% higher than the prior year. The Mt Magnet grades are discussed in further detail in the operations review section of 
this report.

Edna May delivered an EBIT of $36.8 million for the year ended 30 June 2020 compared to $29.1 million for the year ended 30 June 2019. The 
operations at Edna May have changed substantially over the year with the processing plant operating on a 12 day on / 9 day off roster from 
October 2019 to March 2020. The main source of ore for the Edna May plant during the year was the low grade ore stockpiles which were 
supplemented by underground ore throughout the year. Greenfinch and Marda ore commenced milling in the fourth Quarter of the financial year 
with less reliance being placed on the low grade stockpiles. (negligible amounts of Marda ore were milled in the March 2020 Quarter). 

Importantly, the low grade ore at Edna May was both cashflow and earnings positive during the year.

The Greenfinch and Marda ore will continue to be the primary source of ore feed at Edna May in the 2021 financial year. 

Corporate and other costs increased from those in 2019 due to an impairment of previously capitalised exploration and evaluation assets.  
A total of $6.3 million of exploration and evaluation assets were impaired at 30 June 2020. These impairments related to exploration activities 
across the group’s portfolio with the main areas of interest incurring an impairment being Coogee, as the company dilutes below 90% equity; 
Marda, where reconnaissance exploration has downgraded several targets; a re-prioritising of several peripheral targets at Mount Magnet as 
shallower opportunities take precedence in the short to medium term; and ongoing impediments to exploration outside Australia caused by 
COVID-19, suggesting it’s prudent to impair the Jupiter JV in the US. 

In addition to the exploration and evaluation asset impairment, the other main driver of the increase in corporate and other costs from those in 
2019 has been the share-based payments expense, which is non-cash. These costs relate to the options and performance rights on issue with the 
value of these equity instruments being expensed over the vesting period for the right or option (typically three years). 

Net Profit After Tax (NPAT)
Net profit after income tax increased 420% (or $91.6 million) to $113.4 million for the year ended 30 June 2020 (2019: $21.8 million).

Net finance costs of $3.0 million, which include interest income, interest expense, and non-cash financing costs relating to the unwinding of discount 
rates and the impact of the adoption of AASB 16 Leases (refer to Note 13 of the financial statements), were $2.7 million higher than the 2019 
financial year due to the establishment and draw down of the Syndicated Facility Agreement during the year and a decline in the interest rate 
market. 

The effective tax rate of the group for the year ended 30 June 2020 was 24% compared to 28% for the year ended 30 June 2019. The effective 
tax rate has reduced with group recording a $10.1 million one-off tax benefit on the unused tax loses transferred from Explaurum Operations Pty 
Limited. This is discussed further in Note 3 to the financial statements. 

Balance Sheet
The net assets of the group increased 85% over the year as a result of a strong net profit after tax and the acquisition of Spectrum.

Current assets increased 78% largely as a result of cash and cash equivalents (see comments below) and inventories, which increased 138% due to 
strong mining performance at Mt Magnet and the accumulation of stockpiles at Marda. As at 30 June 2020 the group had over 91,000 ounces of 
gold in ore stockpiles, gold in circuit, and bullion on hand.

Non-current assets increased 98% due to the acquisition of Spectrum, investments in mine development (Marda and Greenfinch), and the 
introduction of AASB 16 Leases which resulted in $29.7 million of right-of-use assets being recorded as property, plant and equipment.

Current liabilities of the group increased by 207% which has been largely attributable to the draw down on borrowing facilities, the introduction of 
AASB 16 Leases (current lease liability of $16.6 million), and Ramelius becoming a tax payer with tax payable for the 2020 financial year estimated at 
$21.3 million. In addition to this trade and other payable increased 83% to $82.3 million due to a stamp duty accrual on the Spectrum acquisition, 
increased royalty payables with the higher gold price and significant fourth Quarter performance. An increase in creditors and accruals is not 
unexpected given the significant increase in activities in FY20 as compared to this time last year. Non-current liabilities increased 22% mainly due to 
the introduction of AASB 16 Leases (non-current lease liability of $13.8 million).

Cashflow
The net cash flow from operations for the year were up 72% (or $99.1 million) on the 2019 financial year to $236.0 million (2019: $137.0 million). 
This increase is attributable to the increase in gold sales revenue (gold production and gold price driven – see figure 8 within this report) as well as 
lower operating costs with the lower tonnages being milled. Offsetting these positive cashflow movements has been the build-up of gold and ore 
stockpiles over the year (mostly relating to Eridanus and Marda). 

64

Ramelius ResourcesDIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

During the year a total of $56.1 million was added to gold and ore stockpiles for future monetisation, this compared to the drawdown of ore 
stockpiles and gold on hand in the 2019 financial year of $17.7 million.

A total of $170.8 million was re-invested during the year which included:

•  Payments (including acquisition costs) for the Penny Gold Project (Spectrum Metals Ltd) (net of cash acquired) of $30.7 million.

•  Payments for the development of open pit and underground mines of $105.0 million.

•  Payments for property, plant and equipment of $16.2 million.

•  Payments for mining tenements and exploration of $18.4 million.

During the year, a Syndicated Facility Agreement (SFA) was executed with the Commonwealth Bank of Australia, BNP Paribas, and the National 
Australia Bank. The SFA and associated documents provided for the provision of working capital and performance bond facilities totalling A$35 
million. The facility was established to provide financial support for working capital purposes but also for any corporate asset acquisitions that the 
Company may undertake at a future date. The SFA has been structured such that the quantum available could be increased subject to the approval 
of the syndicate members including the completion of satisfactory due diligence on the company or asset in question.

A total of $32.5 million was drawn on the SFA in March 2020 to provide the company with additional working capital, should it be needed, during 
the global COVID-19 pandemic. In accordance with the SFA the first repayment of $8.1 million took place in June 2020. The bank loan under the 
SFA is repayable in full before 30 June 2021.

Free cash flow# for the year was $96.4 million (2019: $51.8 million). Cash on hand at the end of the financial year was $165.7 million compared to 
$95.8 million at 30 June 2019. As at 30 June 2020 a total of 7,681 ounces (2019: 5,465 ounces) of gold was on hand with the reported cash and 
gold bullion on hand at 30 June 2020 being $185.5 million (2018: $106.8 million). After taking into account the borrowings the reported net cash 
and gold position as at 30 June 2020 was $161.1 million.

Financial Risk Management
Ramelius held forward gold sales contracts at 30 June 2020 totalling 247,350 ounces of gold at an average price of A$2,135 per ounce over a 
period to December 2022.This compared to forward gold sales contracts at 30 June 2019 totalling 240,900 ounces of gold at an average price of 
A$1,834 per ounce over a period to August 2021.

Up until March 2020 the group increased the level of price protection in line with the increased production profile. However, since the outbreak of 
COVID-19 a concerted effort was made to reduce the price protection with a focus on delivery into contracts with minimal additions to the hedge 
book. In line with the increasing AUD gold prices and prudent hedge book management the average price of the forward sales has increased 16%.

As noted in prior ASX releases the current intention of the Company’s forward sales policy is to maintain approximately one (1) years’ worth of 
production hedged over a period of approximately three (3) years. 

DEVELOPMENT AND EXPLORATION PROJECTS
A review of the group’s development and exploration projects for the year is discussed in the ‘Review of Operations’ section of this Annual Report 
which commences on page 12.

INVESTOR RELATIONS
During the year the company presented at several conferences (both in person and virtually) and conducted road shows to existing and prospective 
investors, analysts and stockbrokers. These included:

•  Diggers and Dealers Conference, Kalgoorlie, August 2019

•  Citi’s Inaugural Gold Corporate Day, Sydney, September 2019

•  Denver Gold Conference, Colorado, September 2019

•  RIU Conference, Fremantle, February 2020

•  Morgan’s Virtual Gold Conference, March 2020

•  Goldman Sachs Gold Virtual Forum, May 2020

•  Various investor mine site visits

•  Various investor presentations in Sydney, Melbourne, Perth and virtually

Each presentation that contained new content was released to the ASX and was made available on both the ASX (www.asx.com.au) and the 
Ramelius Resources website (www.rameliusresources.com.au).

 # Free cash flow is defined as operating cash flows less payments for development, exploration, and property, plant and equipment.

65

Annual Report 2020DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

MATERIAL BUSINESS RISKS
The material business risks for the group include:

• 

 COVID-19: Ramelius continues to actively respond to the ongoing COVID-19 virus currently impacting people and businesses globally.  
The health and safety of every person working at Ramelius, their families and our communities remains paramount during this time. To 
date there has been no material impact on Ramelius’ operations from the COVID-19 virus. 

Ramelius continues to operate under protocols developed to minimise risks to our people and communities and ensure we can safely produce 
gold during this challenging period.

Initiatives implemented include:

-  Travel: suspending international travel and restricting non-essential domestic and intrastate travel.

- 

- 

- 

- 

 Social distancing: utilising video and phone conference facilities, reducing face-to-face interactions, and increasing flexible working 
arrangements wherever possible.

 Health management: proactive temperature testing and screening of individuals prior to entering the company’s sites or corporate offices, 
strict hygiene practices, along with the securing of clinical masks, hand sanitiser and COVID-19 swabs test kits. In addition, plans were put in 
place for the isolation, testing, and rapid removal from site of any employee or contractor displaying flulike symptoms.

 Planning: the addition of several casual employees to be available in the event of the loss of team members from any part of the business as 
well as the constant management and review of the supply chain.

 Communication: constant liaison with WA Health Department, through our consultant occupational doctor and medical provider, to 
ensure best practice as far as possible with the ever-changing regime around controlling the virus. In addition to this there was frequent 
communication across the entire work force regarding COVID-19 and company protocols.

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Fluctuations in the United States Dollar (USD) spot gold price and AUD/USD exchange rate: The financial results and position of the 
group are reported in Australian dollars. Gold is sold throughout the world based principally on the U.S. dollar price. Accordingly, the group’s 
revenues are linked to both the USD spot gold price and AUD/USD exchange rate. Volatility in the gold price creates revenue uncertainty and 
requires careful management to ensure that operating cash margins are maintained should there be a sustained fall in the AUD spot  
gold price. The group uses AUD gold forward contracts, within certain Board approved limits, to manage exposure to fluctuations in the  
AUD gold price.

 Government regulation: The group’s mining, processing, development and exploration activities are subject to various laws and statutory 
regulations governing prospecting, development, production, taxes, royalty payments, labour standards and occupational health, mine safety, 
toxic substances, land use, water use, communications, land claims of local people and other matters. 

No assurance can be given that new laws, rules and regulations will not be enacted or that existing laws, rules and regulations will not be 
applied in a manner which could have an adverse effect on the group’s financial position and results of operations. Any such amendments to 
current laws, regulations and permits governing operations and activities of mining and exploration, or more stringent implementation thereof, 
could have a material adverse impact on the group. 

 Operating risks and hazards: The group’s mining operations, consisting of open pit and underground mines, involve a degree of risk.  
The group’s operations are subject to all the hazards and risks normally encountered in the exploration, development and production of  
gold. Processing operations are subject to hazards such as equipment failure, toxic chemical leakage, loss of power, fast-moving heavy 
equipment, failure of tailings disposal pipelines and retaining dams around tailings containment areas, rain and seismic events which may result in 
environmental pollution and consequent liability. The impact of these events could lead to disruptions in production and scheduling, increased 
costs and loss of facilities, which may have a material adverse impact on the group’s results of operations, financial condition, license to operate 
and prospects. These risks are managed by a structured operations risk management framework, experienced employees and contractors 
and formalised procedures. Ramelius also has in place a comprehensive insurance program with a panel of experienced industry supportive 
underwriters.

 Production, cost and capital estimates: The group prepares estimates of future production, operating costs and capital expenditure relating 
to production at its operations. The ability of the group to achieve production targets or meet operating and capital expenditure estimates on 
a timely basis cannot be assured. The assets of the group are subject to uncertainty with regards to ore tonnes, grade, metallurgical recovery, 
ground conditions, and operational environment. Failure to achieve production, cost or capital estimates, or material increases to costs, could 
have an adverse impact on the group’s future cash flows, profitability and financial condition. The development of estimates is managed by the 
group using a rigorous budgeting and forecasting process. Actual results are compared with forecasts and budgets to identify drivers behind 
discrepancies which may result in updates to future estimates.

• 

 Exploration and development risk: An ability to sustain or increase the current level of production in the longer term is in part dependent on 
the success of the group’s exploration activities and development projects, and the expansion of existing mining operations. 

The exploration for, and development of, mineral deposits involves significant risks that even a combination of careful evaluation, experience 
and knowledge may not eliminate. While the discovery of an ore body may result in substantial rewards, few properties that are explored 
subsequently have economic deposits of gold identified, and even fewer are ultimately developed into producing mines. Major expenses may be 
required to locate and establish mineral reserves, to establish rights to mine the ground, to receive all necessary operating permits, to develop 
metallurgical processes and to construct mining and processing facilities at a particular site. 

66

Ramelius Resources 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

• 

 Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources: The group’s estimates of Mineral Resources and Ore are based on different levels of geological 
confidence and different degrees of technical and economic evaluation, and no assurance can be given that anticipated tonnages and grades 
will be achieved, that the indicated level of recovery will be realised or that Ore Reserves could be mined or processed profitably. The quality 
of any Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves estimate is a function of the quantity of available technical data and of the assumptions used in 
engineering and geological interpretation, and modifying factors affecting economic extraction. Such estimates are compiled by experienced 
and appropriately qualified personnel and subsequently reported by Competent Persons under the JORC Code. Fluctuation in gold prices, 
key input costs to production, as well as the results of additional drilling, and the evaluation of reconciled production and processing data 
subsequent to any estimate may require revision of such estimates. 

Actual mineralisation of ore bodies may be different from those predicted, and any material variation in the estimated Ore Reserves, including 
metallurgy, grade, dilution, ore loss, or stripping ratio at the group’s properties may affect the economic viability of its properties, and this may 
have a material adverse impact on the group’s results of operations, financial condition and prospects. There is also a risk that depletion of 
reserves will not be offset by discoveries or acquisitions, or that divestitures of assets will lead to a lower reserve base. The reserve base of the 
group may decline if reserves are mined without adequate replacement and the group may not be able to sustain production beyond current 
mine lives, based on current production rates.

• 

 Climate Change: Ramelius acknowledges that climate change effects have the potential to impact our business. The highest priority climate 
related risks include reduced water availability, extreme weather events, changes to legislation and regulation, reputational risk, and technological 
and market changes. The group is committed to understanding and proactively managing the impact of climate related risks to our business. 
This includes integrating climate related risks, as well as energy considerations, into our strategic planning and decision making. 

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

Regulations
The operations of the group in Australia are subject to environmental regulations under both Commonwealth and State legislation. In the mining 
industry, many activities are regulated by environmental laws as they may have the potential to cause harm and/or otherwise impact upon the 
environment. Therefore, the group conducts its operations under the necessary State Licences and Works Approvals to carry out associated 
mining activities and operate a processing plant to process mined resources. The group’s licences and works approvals are such that they are subject 
to audits both internally and externally by the various regulatory authorities. These industry audits provide the group with valuable information 
in regard to environmental performance and opportunities to further improve systems and processes, which ultimately assist the business in 
minimising environmental risk. 

Reporting
Due to the various licences and works approvals the group holds, annual environmental reporting (for a 12-month period) is a licence and works 
approval condition. The group did not experience any reportable environmental incidents for the reporting year 2019-2020. Regulatory agencies 
requiring annual environmental reports are outlined below but are not limited to the following:

•  Department of Water and Environmental Regulation (DWER)

•  Department of Mines, Industry Regulation and Safety (DMIRS)

•  Tenement Condition Report

•  Native Vegetation Clearing Report

•  Mining Rehabilitation Fund (MRF) Levy

•  National Pollutant Inventory (NPI)

•  National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Scheme (NGERS)

•  Bureau of Land Management.

Sustainability
The group is committed to environmental performance and sustainability and works closely with the regulatory authorities to minimise the 
environmental impact and achieve sustainable operations. Where the business can, continuous improvement processes are implemented to improve 
the operation and environmental performance. The group seeks to build relationships with all stakeholders to ensure that their views and concerns 
are taken into account in regard to decisions made about the operations, to achieve mutually beneficial outcomes. This includes current operations, 
future planning and post closure activities

67

Annual Report 2020DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

INFORMATION ON DIRECTORS
The following information is current as at 30 June 2020

KEVIN LINES
BSc (Geology), MAusIMM, MAICD

Independent Chairman 
Non-Executive

Experience 
Mr Lines is a geologist and has more 
than 35 years’ experience in mineral 
exploration and mining for gold, copper, 
lead, zinc and tin. He has held senior 
geological management positions with 
Newmont Australia Limited, Normandy 
Mining Limited and the CRA group of 
companies. He was the foundation Chief 
Geologist at Kalgoorlie Consolidated 
Gold Mines where he led the team that 
developed the ore-body models and 
geological systems for the Super-Pit 
Operations in Kalgoorlie.

Interest in Shares and Options 
1,000,000 Ordinary Shares

Special responsibilities 
Chairman of the Board 
Member of Audit Committee 
Member of Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee 
Member of Risk and Sustainability 
Committee

Directorships held in other listed 
entities in the last three years 
None

MARK ZEPTNER
BEng (Hons) Mining, MAusIMM, 
MAICD

Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer

Experience 
Mr Zeptner has more than 25 years’ 
industry experience including senior 
operational and management positions 
with WMC and Gold Fields Limited 
at their major gold and nickel assets 
in Australia and offshore. He joined 
Ramelius Resources Limited on 
1 March 2012 as the Chief Operating 
Officer, was appointed Chief Executive 
Officer on 11 June 2014 and Managing 
Director effective 1 July 2015.

Interest in Shares and Options 
4,512,500 Ordinary Shares

500,000 Performance Rights over 
Ordinary Shares expiring on  
11 June 2026

322,342 Performance Rights over 
Ordinary Shares vesting on 1 July 2020 
and expiring on 1 July 2027

568,956 Performance Rights over 
Ordinary Shares vesting on 1 July 2021 
and expiring on 1 July 2028

644,683 Performance Rights over 
Ordinary Shares vesting on 1 July 2022 
and expiring on 1 July 2029

Special responsibilities 
Chief Executive Officer

Directorships held in other listed 
entities in the last three years 
None

MICHAEL BOHM
B.AppSc (Mining Eng), MAusIMM, 
MAICD

Independent Director 
Non-Executive

Experience 
Mr Bohm is a mining engineer with 
extensive corporate and operational 
management experience in the minerals 
industry in Australia, South East Asia, 
Africa, Chile, Canada and Europe. He is 
a graduate of the WA School of Mines 
and has worked as a mining engineer, 
mine manager, study manager, project 
manager, project director and Managing 
Director. He has been directly involved 
in many project developments in the 
gold, base metals and diamond sectors in 
both open pit and underground mining 
environments.

Interest in Shares and Options 
637,500 Ordinary Shares

Special responsibilities 
Chairman of Nomination  
and Remuneration Committee

Member of Risk and Sustainability 
Committee

Directorships held in other listed 
entities in the last three years 
Non-Executive Chairman of Cygnus 
Gold Limited

Non-Executive Director Mincor 
Resources NL

Previously a Non-Executive Director  
of Perseus Mining Limited

68

Ramelius ResourcesDIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

INFORMATION ON DIRECTORS (CONTINUED)

DAVID SOUTHAM
B.Comm, CPA, MAICD

Independent Director 
Non-Executive

NATALIA STRELTSOVA
MSc, PhD (Chem Eng), GAICD

Independent Director 
Non-Executive

Experience 
Mr Southam is a Certified Practicing 
Accountant with more than 25 years’ 
experience in accounting, capital markets 
and finance across the resources and 
industrial sectors. Mr Southam has 
been intimately involved in several large 
project financings in multiple jurisdictions 
and has completed significant capital 
market and M&A transactions. 

Interest in Shares and Options 
Nil

Special responsibilities 
Chairman of Audit Committee

Member of Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee

Directorships held in other listed 
entities in the last three years 
Managing Director of Mincor  
Resources NL

Previously Executive Director of 
Western Areas Limited

Previously Non-Executive Director of 
Kidman Resources Limited

Experience 
Dr Streltsova is a PhD qualified Chemical 
Engineer with 25+ years’ minerals 
industry experience, including over 10 
years in senior technical and corporate 
roles with mining majors – WMC, BHP 
and Vale. She has a strong background 
in mineral processing and metallurgy 
with specific expertise in gold and base 
metals.

Dr Streltsova has considerable 
international experience covering project 
development and acquisitions in Africa, 
South America and in the countries of 
the Former Soviet Union. 

Interest in Shares and Options 
Nil

Special responsibilities 
Chair of Risk and Sustainability  
Committee

Member of Audit Committee

Directorships held in other listed 
entities in the last three years 
Non-Executive Director of Western 
Areas Limited

Non-Executive Director of Neometals 
Limited

Previously Non-Executive Director of 
Parkway Minerals Limited

69

Annual Report 2020DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS
The number of meetings of the company’s Board of Directors and each Board Committee held during the year ended 30 June 2020, and number 
of meetings attended by each Director were: 

Director

Kevin Lines

Mark Zeptner

Michael Bohm

David Southam

Natalia Streltsova

Meetings of Committees

Full meetings of 
Directors

Audit Committee

Nomination and 
Remuneration 
Committee

Risk and 
 Sustainability 
Committee

A

17

16

17

17

10

B

17

17

17

17

12

A

5

-

3

5

2

B

5

-

3

5

3

A

4

-

4

3

-

B

4

-

4

4

-

A

1

-

1

-

1

B

1

-

1

-

1

A = Number of meetings attended; B = Number of meetings held during the time the Director held office or was a member of the Committee during the year.

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
The Directors present the Ramelius Resources Limited 2020 remuneration report, outlining key aspects of our remuneration policy and 
framework, and the remuneration awarded this year. This remuneration report is prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations 
Act 2001 (the Act) and its regulations. This information has been audited as required by section 308(3C) of the Act.

The remuneration report details the remuneration arrangements for key management personnel (KMP) who are defined as those persons having 
authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the major activities of the group, directly or indirectly, and is a direct report to 
the Managing Director / Chief Executive Officer. This includes any directors (executive and non-executive) of Ramelius Resources Limited, the Chief 
Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, General Manager – Exploration, and the Manager Legal / Company Secretary.

The report is structured as follows:

(a)  Key management personnel covered in this report

(b)  Remuneration governance

(c)  Remuneration policy and framework

(d)  Elements of remuneration

(e)  Link between remuneration and performance

(f)  Contractual arrangements for executive KMP

(g)  Non-executive director arrangements

(h)  Details of KMP remuneration

(i)  Other statutory information

(a) Key management personnel covered in this report

Name

Position

Directors of the group during the financial year were:

Kevin Lines

Mark Zeptner

Michael Bohm

David Southam

Natalia Streltsova

Non-Executive Chairman

Managing Director / Chief Executive Officer

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director (appointed 1 October 2019)

The KMP during the financial year were:

Tim Manners

Duncan Coutts

Kevin Seymour

Richard Jones

Chief Financial Officer 

Chief Operating Officer

General Manager – Exploration

Manager Legal / Company Secretary 

Details on the Executive and Non-Executive Directors can be found on pages 68 to 69 of the Directors’ report.

70

Ramelius ResourcesDIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

(b) Remuneration governance
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee (NRC) is a Committee of the Board. It is primarily responsible for making recommendations to the 
Board on:

•  Non-executive director fees;

•  Executive remuneration (directors and executives); and

•  The executive remuneration framework and incentive plan policies.

The objective of the NRC is to ensure that remuneration policies and structures are fair and competitive and aligned with the long-term interests of 
the company. In performing its functions, the NRC may seek advice from independent remuneration consultants. 

(c) Remuneration policy and framework
Ramelius has adopted a policy that aims to attract, motivate and retain a skilled executive team focused on contributing to its objective of creating 
wealth and adding value for its shareholders. The remuneration framework has been formed on this basis. The remuneration framework is based 
on several factors including the experience and performance of the individual in meeting key objectives of Ramelius. 

The objective of the executive remuneration framework includes incentives that seek to encourage alignment of management performance and 
shareholder interests. The framework aligns executive rewards with strategic objectives and the creation of value for shareholders and conforms to 
market practices for delivery of rewards. 

In determining executive remuneration, the NRC aims to endeavour that remuneration practices are:

•  Competitive and reasonable, enabling the company to attract and retain and incentivise key talent.

•  Aligned to the company’s strategic and business objectives and the creation of shareholder value.

•  Distinctly demonstrate a link between performance and remuneration.

•  Structured to have a suitable mix of fixed and performance related variable components.

•  Acceptable to shareholders.

•  Transparent.

The executive remuneration framework is designed to ensure market competitiveness and achievement of the remuneration objective. The 
remuneration of executives is:

• 

 Benchmarked from time to time against similar organisations both within the industry and of comparable market size to ensure uniformity 
with market practices.

•  A reflection of individual roles, levels of seniority and responsibility that key personnel hold.

•  Structured to take account of prevailing economic conditions.

•  A mix of fixed remuneration and at-risk performance-based elements using short and long-term incentives.

The executive remuneration framework has three components:

•  Base pay and benefits, including superannuation.

•  Short-term performance incentives.

•  Long-term incentives through participation in the Performance Rights Plan as approved by the Board.

The combination of these comprises an executive’s total remuneration package. Incentive plans are regularly reviewed to ensure continued 
alignment with financial and strategic objectives. 

(d) Elements of remuneration
Ramelius remunerates its executives with a total remuneration package (TRP) that consists of two components:

•  Total fixed remuneration.

•  Total variable remuneration. 

The total variable remuneration ensures an executive’s remuneration is aligned to the group’s performance. This portion of an executive’s 
remuneration is considered “at risk”. Variable remuneration can be in the form of either a short-term incentive (STI) or a long-term incentive (LTI).

71

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Total fixed remuneration
Total fixed remuneration (TFR) comprises of base salary, superannuation, and any fringe benefits tax charges related to employee benefits.  
The group allows a KMP to salary sacrifice certain items such as superannuation and motor vehicles (on a total cost basis).

Remuneration levels are reviewed annually in June by the NRC through a process that considers individual performance and the overall 
performance of the group. Industry remuneration surveys and data are utilised to assist in this process. There are no guaranteed base pay 
increases included in any executive contracts.

Short-term incentives 
Short-term incentives allow executives to earn an annual incentive which is linked the group’s annual performance.

How is it paid?

Any STI awards are typically paid in cash after the assessment of the annual performance is made.

How much can an executive 
earn?

In the 2020 financial year the Managing Director / Chief Executive Officer was able to earn a maximum STI  
of 75% of the TFR. Other executives were able to earn a maximum STI of 45% of their TFR.

In conjunction with the group’s key performance measures detailed below, a comprehensive review of each 
executive’s individual performance is made to determine the achievable percentage (between 0% - 100%) of the 
maximum potential STI available to be awarded. This may result in the proportion of remuneration related to 
performance varying between individual executives.

How is performance 
measured?

A structured set of key performance measures have been selected which are core drivers of short-term 
performance as well as considered important for the group’s growth and profitability.

For any STI to be paid two ‘gates’ must be passed, these are: 
• No loss of life at any project site.
• No serious environmental, heritage, or community related breach.

The KPI’s used to measure performance for the Managing Director / Chief Executive Officer are:
• Net profit after tax relative to budget  
• Gold production relative to budget 
• All in sustaining cost (AISC) relative to budget 
• Discovery/Reserve addition to Life of Mine Plan 

30%
20%
30%
20%

The KPI’s used to measure performance for the other KMPs are as follows. Ranges are shown as the 
particular weighting varies depending on the role of the KMP:
• Net profit after tax relative to budget 
• Gold production relative to budget 
• All in sustaining cost (AISC) relative to budget 
• Discovery/Reserve addition to Life of Mine Plan 

20 - 30%
20 - 30%
20 - 30%
20 - 40%

The performance is measured relative to the budget with threshold, target, and stretch cases considered.

The STIs are payable at the absolute discretion of the Board. There are several modifiers considered by  
the Board which may result in a downward reduction in the STIs paid.

When is it paid?

The STI award is determined following a review of the financial results, operations, changes to the Life-Of-Mine 
Plan and the annual Resources and Reserves Statement by the NRC. This typically occurs in the second Quarter 
of the financial year. No amount is provided for or included in the financial report and remuneration report until 
such review has taken place.

Based on this assessment, the STI cash payments for the 2019 financial year which were paid in the 2020 financial year are detailed in the following 
table:

Name

Position

Mark Zeptner
Tim Manners
Duncan Coutts
Kevin Seymour
Richard Jones
1 Amounts disclosed above include superannuation attributable to the STI.

Managing Director / Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Operating Officer
General Manger – Exploration
Manager Legal / Company Secretary

Maximum STI1

Achieved STI1

%

60%
45%
45%
45%
45%

$

363,000
187,308
204,188
144,401
136,125

%

46%
44%
40%
40%
34%

$

254,100
165,000
165,000
115,500
93,500

72

Ramelius Resources 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Long-term incentives 
Under the Ramelius Performance Rights Plan, annual grants of performance rights are made to executives to align remuneration with the creation 
of shareholder value over the long-term. The LTIs are designed to focus executives on delivering long-term shareholder returns.

How is it paid?

LTIs are provided to selected executives under the Ramelius Performance Rights Plan. Selected executives are 
eligible to receive performance rights (being entitlements to shares in Ramelius subject to satisfaction of vesting 
conditions) as long-term incentives as determined by the Board in accordance with the terms and conditions of 
the plan.

How much can an 
executive earn?

The plan provides selected executives the opportunity to participate in the equity of Ramelius through the issue 
of rights as a long-term incentive that is aligned to the long-term interests of shareholders.

Under the Performance Rights Plan, the number of rights granted to executives ranges up to 40% (60% for 
the Managing Director / Chief Executive Officer) of the executive’s TFR and is dependent upon the individual’s 
skills, responsibilities and ability to influence financial or other key objectives of Ramelius. The number of rights 
granted is calculated by dividing the LTI remuneration dollar amount by the volume weighted average price of 
Ramelius shares traded on the Australian Securities Exchange during the five-trading day period prior to the date 
of the grant. 

How is performance 
measured?

The vesting of performance rights to 30 June 2020 is subject to vesting conditions related to achievement 
of total shareholder returns (TSR) and period of service. TSR performance is measured against the TSR of 
a benchmark peer group. From 1 July 2020, future performance right grants will also include a compounding 
annual growth rate vesting condition.

The following companies have been identified by Ramelius to comprise the peer group:

Company

ASX Code

Company

ASX Code

Saracen Mineral Holdings Limited
Regis Resources Limited
Silver Lake Resources Limited
Westgold Resources Limited
Northern Star Resources Limited
Resolute Mining Limited
Gold Road Resources Limited
Dacian Gold Limited
St Barbara Limited

SAR
RRL
SLR
WGX
NST
RSG
GOR
DCN
SBM

Pantoro Limited
Evolution Mining Limited
IGO Limited #
Perseus Mining Limited #
De Grey Mining Limited #
Bellevue Gold Limited #
Red 5 Limited #
Capricorn Metals Limited #
Aurelia Metals Limited #

PNR
EVN
IGO
PRU
DEG
BGL
RED
CMM
AMI

# Companies added to the peer group on 23 July 2020 but not applied retrospectively.

The NRC may recommend to the Board to either include or exclude gold mining organisations available on this 
list to reflect changes in the industry. 
The proportion of executive rights that vest is dependent on how the Ramelius TSR compares to the peer 
group as follows:

 Relative TSR Over the Vesting and
Measurement Period

Below the 50th percentile
At the 50th percentile
Between the 50th and 75th percentile
At and above the 75th percentile

Proportion of Performance Rights Vested

0%
50%
Pro-rata between 50% and 100%
100%

Once vested, rights may be exercised within seven years of the vesting date.

The vesting and measurement period for performance rights granted in the 2017 financial year have been set 
over three years with vesting and measurement for each third of the granted rights occurring at the end of each 
year during the three-year period. 
For performance rights granted after 30 June 2017 the performance rights vest three years after the grant date.
Any performance rights that do not vest will lapse after testing. There is no re-testing of performance rights.

When is performance 
measured?

What happens if an 
executive leaves?

Where an executive ceases to be an employee of the group, any unvested performance rights will lapse on the 
date of cessation of employment, except in limited circumstances that are approved by the Board on a case by 
case basis.

73

Annual Report 2020DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Based on the above assessment the performance rights issued, vested, and lapsed in the 2020 financial year (for the 2019 financial year 
performance) are detailed in the following table:

Name

Mark Zeptner 2
Tim Manners
Duncan Coutts
Kevin Seymour
Richard Jones

Position

Managing Director / Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Operating Officer
General Manger – Exploration
Manager Legal / Company Secretary

Issued 1

967,025
212,382
247,294
157,398
160,014

Performance 
rights 
measured for 
vesting 

-
-
117,994
87,652
-

All performance rights
1 Performance rights issued during the financial year will be measured for vesting on 1 July 2022. 
2 Performance rights issued during the financial year will be measured for vesting on 1 July 2020 (322,342) and 1 July 2022 (644,683).

3,684,003

770,369

Percentage 
vested %

Number 
vested

0%
0%
100%
100%
0%

-
-
117,994
87,652
-

100%

770,369

Employee Share Acquisition Plan
The Employee Share Acquisition Plan enables the Board to offer eligible employees ordinary fully paid shares in Ramelius as a long-term incentive, 
in accordance with the terms of the plan. Shares may be offered at no consideration unless the Board determines that market value or some other 
value is appropriate. No such shares were offered during the 2020 financial year.

Other long-term incentives
The Board may at its discretion provide share rights/options as a long-term retention incentive to employees.

(e) Link between remuneration and performance
The following table shows key performance indicators for the group over the last five years:

Net profit after tax
Dividend
Share price 30 June 
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

Unit

$’000
$’000
$
cents
cents

2020

113,415
6,579
1.99
16.43
16.13

2019

21,832
-
0.73
3.74
3.67

2018

30,760
-
0.58
5.84
5.75

2017

17,765
-
 0.45
3.39
3.36

2016

27,540
-
 0.44
5.82
5.81

The total remuneration mix for the Managing Director / Chief Executive Officer and other Executives is illustrated in the following graph. The link 
between performance and remuneration is discussed within this remuneration report.

2020 Total remuneration mix

Managing 
Director/CEO

Other 
executives

74

44%

17%

31%

7%

55%

20%

20%

5%

0

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

TFR

STI

LTI

STI forgone

Ramelius ResourcesDIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

(f) Contractual arrangements for executive KMP
Remuneration and other terms of employment for executives are formalised in service agreements. The service agreements specify the 
components of remuneration, benefits and notice periods. Participation in short-term and long-term incentives are at the discretion of the Board. 
Other major provisions of the agreements relating to remuneration are set out below. Contracts with executives may be terminated early by either 
party as detailed below:

Name and Position

Term of Agreement

Base Salary 
incl. Super 1

Company / 
Employee Notice 
Period

Termination 
Benefit 2

$650,000

Mark Zeptner 
Managing Director / Chief Executive Officer
Tim Manners
Chief Financial Officer
Duncan Coutts
Chief Operating Officer
Kevin Seymour
GM – Exploration
Richard Jones 
Manager Legal / Company Secretary
1 Base salaries quoted are as at 30 June 2020, they are reviewed annually by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee. 
2 Termination benefits are payable on early termination by the company, other than for gross misconduct, unless otherwise indicated. In certain circumstances  
the termination benefit may be 12 months base salary.

On-going commencing
1 July 2015
On-going commencing
31 July 2017
On-going commencing
12 February 2016
On-going commencing
1 July 2009
On-going commencing
26 October 2018

3 / 3 months

3 / 3 months

6 / 3 months

6 / 3 months

6 / 3 months

$401,500

$467,500

$302,500

$297,554

6 months’ base salary

6 months’ base salary

3 months’ base salary

3 months’ base salary

6 months’ base salary

(g) Non-executive director arrangements
Non-executive director fees are determined using the following guidelines. Fees are: 

•  Determined by the nature of the role, responsibility and time commitment necessary to perform required duties.

•  Not performance or incentive based but are fixed amounts.

•  Determined by the desire to attract a group of individuals with pertinent knowledge and experience.

In accordance with the Company’s Constitution, the total amount of remuneration of Non-Executive Directors is within the aggregate limit of 
$750,000 per annum as approved by shareholders at the 2019 Annual General Meeting. 

Non-executive directors may apportion any amount up to this maximum level amongst the non-executive directors as determined by the Board. 
Remuneration consists of non-executive director fees, committee fees and superannuation contributions. 

Non-executive directors are also entitled to be paid reasonable travelling, accommodation and other expenses incurred in performing their duties 
as directors. Non-executive directors do not participate in any performance-based pay including schemes designed for the remuneration of an 
executives, share rights or bonus payments and are not provided with retirement benefits other than salary sacrifice and superannuation. 

All non-executive directors enter into a service agreement with the company in the form of a letter of appointment. The letter summarises the 
Board policies and terms, including remuneration, relevant to the office of director. Details of remuneration fees paid to non-executive directors are 
set out below:

Non-executive directors

Kevin Lines

Michael Bohm

David Southam

Natalia Streltsova1

Total

1 Natalia Streltsova was appointed as a director on 1 October 2019.

Year

2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019

Director fees

Superannuation

Total remuneration

176,136
173,269
110,000
95,304
110,000
97,231
78,750
-
474,886
365,804

17,614
17,327
11,000
9,530
11,000
9,723
7,875
-
47,489
36,580

193,750
190,596
121,000
104,834
121,000
106,954
86,625
-
522,375
402,384

75

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

(h) Details of KMP remuneration
The following table shows details of the remuneration expense recognised for the group’s executive KMP for the current and previous financial year 
measured in accordance with the requirements of the accounting standards.

FIXED REMUNERATION

VARIABLE REMUNERATION

Cash Salary1

Term.
Payments

Non-
Monetary 
Benefits 1

Annual and 
Long Service 
Leave 2

Super-
annuation

STI 1, 5

LTI Rights 3 

Total

Perform.
Related

-
-

-
-

6,518
5,343

6,518
5,343

632,500
521,666

Executive Director
Mark Zeptner – Managing Director / Chief Executive Officer
2020
2019
Executives
Tim Manners – Chief Financial Officer
383,919
2020
2019
357,868
Duncan Coutts – Chief Operating Officer
446,665
2020
2019
387,499
Kevin Seymour – General Manager – Exploration
2020
2019
Richard Jones – Manager Legal / Company Secretary
281,667
2020
2019
187,500
Domenico Francese - Company Secretary 4
2020
2019
Total
2020
2019

2,021,449
1,846,079

276,698
266,720

-
124,826

-
299,583

-
299,583

32,590
25,112

6,518
5,343

6,518
3,740

6,518
5,343

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

(41,877)
85,087

20,833
25,000

254,100
250,470

462,003
111,466

1,334,077
999,032

37,367
(218)

33,853
15,076

(6,922)
12,143

22,997
17,456

-
(44,146)

45,418
85,398

17,581
20,531

20,830
25,000

20,856
25,000

20,833
18,750

-
21,888

165,000
129,773

165,000
142,932

115,500
103,818

93,500
-

-
94,050

161,251
46,378

186,550
58,667

128,122
42,699

76,122
8,736

-
202

771,636
559,675

859,416
634,517

540,772
455,723

501,637
236,182

-
496,403

100,933
136,169

793,100
721,043

1,014,048
268,148

4,007,538
3,381,532

53.7%
36.2%

42.3%
31.5%

40.9%
31.8%

45.1%
32.2%

33.8%
3.7%

-
19.0%

45.1%
29.3%

1.  Short-term benefits as per Corporations Regulation 2M.3.03(1) Item 6.

2.  Other long-term benefits as per Corporations Regulation 2M.3.03 (1) Item 8. The amounts disclosed in this column represent the movements in the associated provisions. 

They may be negative where a KMP has taken more leave than accrued during the year.

3.  Rights and options relate to rights and options over ordinary shares issued to key management personnel. The fair value of rights and options granted shown above is non-
cash and was determined in accordance with applicable accounting standards and represents the fair value calculated at the time rights and options were granted and not 
when shares were issued.

4.  In addition to the amounts above Domenico Francese was paid $329,661 in 2019 for annual and long service leave entitlements which had been accrued but not paid during 

his employment.

5. Refer to section (d) of this remuneration report for further information on the short-term incentives paid.

76

Ramelius ResourcesDIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

(i) Other statutory information

(i) Terms and conditions of the share-based payment arrangements
Performance rights 
The terms and conditions of each grant of performance rights affecting remuneration in the current or future reporting period are as follows:

Grant Date

1 July 2017
31 July 2017
3 October 2017
5 September 2018
29 November 2018
9 October 2019
29 November 2019
29 November 2019
29 November 2019

Vesting and  
Exercise Date

1 July 2020
1 July 2020
1 July 2020
1 July 2021
1 July 2021
1 July 2022
1 July 2020
1 July 2022
1 July 2022

Expiry 
Date

1 July 2027
1 July 2027
1 July 2027
1 July 2028
1 July 2028
1 July 2029
1 July 2027
1 July 2029
1 July 2029

Exercise 
Price

Value Per 
Performance Right 
at Grant Date

Vested

$nil
$nil
$nil
$nil
$nil
$nil
$nil
$nil
$nil

$0.33
$0.29
$0.27
$0.39
$0.27
$1.22
$0.86
$0.86
$0.65

0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%

Rights to deferred shares under the Performance Rights Plan are assessed against vesting criteria (and vested accordingly) in July each year. Generally, 
performance rights granted vest three years from the grant date. On vesting, each right must be exercised within seven years of the vesting date. 
The performance rights carry no dividend or voting rights. If an employee ceases employment before the performance rights vest, the rights will be 
forfeited, except in limited circumstances that are approved by the Board on a case-by-case basis.

(ii)  Reconciliation of options, performance rights, and ordinary shares held by KMP
Options 
The table below shows a reconciliation of options held by each KMP from the beginning to the end of the 2020 financial year. All vested options 
were exercisable.

Name and grant dates

Mark Zeptner
26 November 2015

Balance at 
start of year
Number

Vested

Balance at end of year

Number

%

Exercised

Vested 

Unvested

1,500,000

1,500,000

100

(1,500,000)

-

-

The amounts paid per ordinary share on the exercise of options at the date of exercise were as follows:

Exercise 
date

9 June 2020

Amounts paid 
per share

$0.20

No amounts are unpaid on any shares issued on the exercise of options.

77

Annual Report 2020 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Performance rights 
The table below shows a reconciliation of performance rights held by each KMP from the beginning to the end of the 2020 financial year. All vested 
performance rights were exercisable.

Name

Balance at 
start of year

Granted 
during year

Vested

Balance at  
end of year

Value 
to vest1

Grant year

Number

Number

%

Exercised 

Vested

Unvested

$

Mark Zeptner
2020
2019
2017
Tim Manners
2020
2019
2018
Duncan Coutts
2020
2019
2018
2017
Kevin Seymour
2020
2019
2018
20172
Richard Jones
2020
2019

-
568,956
500,000

-
260,966
317,778

-
284,483
342,222
334,324

-
201,186
254,222
248,355

-
189,655

967,025
-
-

212,382
-
-

247,294
-
-
-

157,398
-
-
-

160,014
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-
117,994

-
-
-
87,652

-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-
100

-
-
-
100

-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-
(334,324)

-
-
-
(248,355)

-
-

-
-
500,000

-
-
-

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-

-
-

967,025
568,956
-

212,382
260,966
317,778

247,294
284,483
342,222
-

157,398
201,186
254,222
-

160,014
189,655

393,797
59,906
-

188,441
36,560
-

219,417
39,560
-
-

139,655
27,977
-
-

141,976
19,969

1. The maximum value of the performance rights yet to vest has been determined as the amount of the grant date fair value of the rights that is yet to be expensed.

2.   The balance at the start of the year includes both vested and unvested performance rights, all unvested rights at the beginning of the financial year vested during the  

financial year.

Shareholdings 
The table below shows a reconciliation of shareholdings held by each KMP from the beginning to the end of the 2020 financial year. 

Name

Mark Zeptner
Kevin Lines
Michael Bohm
Kevin Seymour1
Duncan Coutts1

Balance at  
start of year

3,012,500
1,000,000
1,237,500
194,860
-

Received during 
year on exercise 
of options

Received during 
year on exercising 
of performance 
rights

1,500,000
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
248,355
334,324

Sold  
during year

Balance at  
end of year

-
-
(600,000)
(308,000)
(334,324)

4,512,500
1,000,000
637,500
135,215
-

1. The share price on the date of exercise was $1.31.

All shareholdings noted above are held either directly by the KMP or their associate.

78

Ramelius ResourcesDIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

REMUNERATION REPORT (CONTINUED)

Loans to key management personnel 
There were no loans made to key management personnel or their personally related parties during the current or prior financial year.

Other transactions with key management personnel 
There were no other transactions with key management personnel.

Voting and comments made at the company’s 2019 Annual General Meeting 
Of the total valid available votes lodged, Ramelius received 98% of ‘FOR’ votes on its remuneration report for the 2019 financial year.  
The company did not receive any specific feedback at the AGM on its remuneration practices.

Share trading policy  
The trading of shares is subject to, and conditional upon, compliance with the company’s employee Share Trading Policy. The policy is enforced 
through a system that includes a requirement that executives confirm compliance with the policy and provide confirmation of dealings in Ramelius 
securities. The ability for an executive to deal with an option or a right is restricted by the terms of issue and the plan rules which do not allow 
dealings in any unvested security. The Share Trading Policy specifically prohibits an executive from entering into transactions that limit the economic 
risk of participating in unvested entitlements such as equity-based remuneration schemes. The Share Trading Policy can be viewed on the 
Company’s website.

Remuneration report ends.

SHARES UNDER OPTION

(a)  Unissued ordinary shares
No unissued ordinary shares of Ramelius Resources Limited are under option at the date of this report.

(b)  Shares issued on the exercise of options
The following ordinary shares of Ramelius were issued during the year ended 30 June 2020 as a result of the exercise of options. No amounts are 
unpaid on any of the shares.

Date options granted

Exercise price  
of options

Number of shares 
issued

26 November 2015

$0.20

1,500,000
1,500,000

INSURANCE OF OFFICERS AND INDEMNITIES

Indemnification
Ramelius is required to indemnify its Directors and Officers against any liabilities incurred by the Directors and Officers that may arise from their 
position as Directors and Officers of Ramelius and its controlled entities. No costs were incurred during the year pursuant to this indemnity.

Ramelius has entered into deeds of indemnity with each Director whereby, to the extent permitted by the Corporations Act 2001, Ramelius 
agreed to indemnify each Director against all loss and liability incurred as an officer of the Company, including all liability in defending any 
relevant proceedings.

Insurance premiums
Since the end of the previous year Ramelius has paid insurance premiums in respect of Directors’ and Officers’ liability and legal expenses insurance 
contracts. The terms of the policies prohibit disclosure of details of the amount of the insurance cover, the nature thereof and the premium paid.

PROCEEDINGS ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY
No person has applied to the Court under section 237 of the Corporations Act 2001 for leave to bring proceedings on behalf of Ramelius or to 
intervene in any proceedings to which Ramelius is a party, for the purpose of taking responsibility on behalf of Ramelius for all or part of those 
proceedings. There were no such proceedings brought or interventions on behalf of Ramelius with leave from the Court under section 237 of 
the Corporations Act 2001.

79

Annual Report 2020DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

NON-AUDIT SERVICES
The company may decide to engage the auditor (Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu) on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where the 
auditor’s expertise and experience with the company and/or the group are important. Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor for 
audit and non-audit services provided during the year are set out below.

The Board of Directors has considered the position and, in accordance with advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that 
the provision of the non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. 
The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by the auditor, as set out below, did not compromise the auditor independence 
requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:

- 

- 

 All non-audit services have been reviewed by the Audit and Risk Committee to ensure they do not impact the impartiality and objectivity of 
the auditor;

 None of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants.

During the year the following fees were paid or payable for non-audit services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related practices and 
non-related audit firms:

Other assurance and agreed upon procedures under other legislation or contractual arrangements

Other services:
Other
Total

2020
$

-

-
-

2019
$

6,250

13,200
19,450

AUDITOR INDEPENDENCE
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on page 81.

ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS
The company is of the kind referred to in ASIC Legislative Instrument 2016/191 relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the Directors’ report. 
Amounts in the Directors’ report have been rounded off in accordance with the instrument to the nearest thousand dollars, or in certain cases, to 
the nearest dollar.

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of Directors.

Kevin James Lines 
Chairman
Perth 
24 August 2020

80

Ramelius Resources 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S DECLARATION

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

Tower 2, Brookfield Place 
123 St Georges Terrace 
Perth WA 6000 
GPO Box A46 
Perth WA 6837 Australia 

Tel:  +61 8 9365 7000 
Fax:  +61 8 9365 7001 
www.deloitte.com.au 

The Directors 
Ramelius Resources Limited 
Level 1, 130 Royal Street 
East Perth, WA 6892 

24 August 2020 

Dear Directors 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration to Ramelius Resources Limited 

In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I am pleased to provide the 
following declaration of independence to the directors of Ramelius Resources Limited. 

As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial report of Ramelius Resources Limited for 
the year ended 30 June 2020, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there 
have been no contraventions of: 

(i)  the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation 

to the audit; and 

(ii)  any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.   

Yours faithfully 

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 

David Newman 
Partner  
Chartered Accountants 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific Limited and the Deloitte Network. 

81

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82

Ramelius ResourcesFINANCIAL  
REPORT

Income statement and statement of  
comprehensive income 
Balance sheet 
Statement of changes in equity 
Statement of cash flows 
Notes to the financial statements 
Directors’ declaration 
Independent auditor’s report to the members 

84 

85
86
87
89
137
138

83

Annual Report 2020INCOME STATEMENT

For the year ended 30 June 2020

Revenue
Cost of production
Gross profit

Other expenses
Other income
Interest income
Finance costs
Profit before income tax

Income tax expense
Profit for the year from continuing operations

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

Note

1(a)
2(a)

2(b)
1(b)

2(c)

3

28
28

2020
$’000

460,574
(289,358)
171,216

(20,050)
1,346
998
(4,025)
149,485

(36,070)
113,415

Cents

16.43
16.13

2019
$’000

352,770
(309,161)
43,609

(15,016)
2,125
1,886
(2,193)
30,411

(8,579)
21,832

Cents

3.74
3.67

STATEMENT OF  
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the year ended 30 June 2020

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Items that may not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Change in fair value of financial assets
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Note

17

17

2020
$’000

113,415

(18)

672
654

2019
$’000

21,832

(69)

(50)
(119)

Total comprehensive income for the year

114,069

21,713

84

Ramelius ResourcesBALANCE SHEET

As at 30 June 2020

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Other assets
Total current assets

Non-current assets
Other assets
Financial assets at FVOCI
Property, plant, and equipment
Development assets
Exploration and evaluation expenditure
Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Contingent consideration
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Contingent consideration
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions
Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

Note

4(a)
5
6
7

7

8
9
10

11
12
13
14
3
15

13
14
3
15

16
17

2020
$’000

165,670 
3,234 
97,553 
4,475 
270,932 

503 
624 
78,368 
208,268 
196,247 
484,010

754,942

82,302
23,475
16,643
6,261
21,272
9,219
159,172

13,846 
6,923 
21,061 
38,720 
80,550

239,722

515,220

370,781
(34,707)
179,146
515,220

2019
$’000

95,815
6,774
41,067
8,629
152,285

1,488
101
43,823
99,430
99,442
244,284

396,569

44,926
-
-
-
-
6,852
51,778

-
12,121
7,741
45,987
65,849

117,627

278,942

214,218
(7,674)
72,398
278,942

85

Annual Report 2020STATEMENT OF  
CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the year ended 30 June 2020

Balance at 30 June 2018

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive (loss) / income

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Shares issued for acquisition of Explaurum Limited  
(see notes 17 & 20)
Shares issued on exercise of options
Share-based payments
Balance at 30 June 2019

Balance at 1 July 2019
Adoption of AASB16 Leases (net of tax)
At 1 July 2019 (re stated)

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive gain
Total comprehensive (loss) / income

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Shares issued for acquisition of Spectrum Metals Limited  
(see notes 17 & 20)
Payment of dividends
Shares issued on exercise of options
Share-based payments
Balance at 30 June 2020

Share
capital
$’000

149,568

-
-
-

64,232

300
118
214,218

214,218
-
214,218

-

-
-

155,523

-
300
740
370,781

Share-based 
payment 
reserve 
$’000

Other 
reserves
$’000

Retained 
profits
$’000

Total 
equity
$’000

1,545

339

50,520

201,972 

-
-
-

-

-
487
2,032

2,032
-
2,032

-

-
-

-

-
-
1,390
3,422

-
(119)
(119)

21,832 
-
21,832

21,832
(119)
21,713

-

54,306

(9,926)

-
-
(9,706)

(9,706)
-
(9,706)

-
46
72,398

72,398
(696)
71,702

-

46
46

113,415

608
114,023

300
651
278,942

278,942  
(696)
278,246

113,415

654
114,069

(28,469)

-
-
-
(38,129)

-

127,054

(6,579)
-
-
179,146

(6,579)
300
2,130
515,220

Share-based payment reserve
Share-based payments reserve records items recognised as expenses on valuation of employees share options and rights.

Other reserves - financial assets at FVOCI
The group has elected to recognise changes in the fair value of certain investments in equity securities in OCI. These changes are accumulated 
within the FVOCI reserve within equity. The group transfers amounts from this reserve to retained earnings when the relevant equity securities are 
derecognised.

Other reserves - Non-Controlling Interest (NCI) acquisition reserve
The NCI acquisition reserve represents the incremental increase in the Ramelius share price on the acquisition of non-controlling interest post the 
date control was obtained. This reserve relates to the acquisition of Spectrum Metals Limited and Explaurum Limited.

Foreign currency translation reserve
Foreign currency translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange difference arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign 
operations where their functional currency is different to the presentation currency of the reporting entity.

86

Ramelius ResourcesSTATEMENT OF  
CASH FLOWS

For the year ended 30 June 2020

Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from operations
Payments to suppliers and employees
Interest received
Income tax (paid) / received
Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for property, plant and equipment
Payments for development assets
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from the sale of subsidiary
Proceeds from the sale of mining tenements
Payments for the acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired
Loan to Explaurum Limited
Payments for financial assets
Payments for mining tenements and exploration
Payments for site rehabilitation
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from the issue of shares
Proceeds from borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Borrowing costs and interest paid
Principal elements of lease payments
Return of / (payments for) secured deposits
Dividends paid
Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash at the beginning of the financial year

Note

4(b)

20

15

16
12
12

13

2020
$’000

466,333
(230,024)
930
(1,208)
236,031

(16,207)
(105,037)
107
-
950
(30,692)
-
(30)
(18,356)
(1,540)
(170,805)

300
32,500
(8,125)
(1,860)
(15,737)
4,130
(6,579)
4,629

69,855

95,815

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year

4(a)

165,670

2019
$’000

348,382
(213,321)
1,843
79
136,983

(7,995)
(58,233)
763
1,000
-
(21,621)
(3,700)
(25)
(18,962)
(209)
(108,982)

300
-
-
(14)
-
(681)
-
(395)

27,606

68,209

95,815

87

Annual Report 202088

Ramelius ResourcesCONTENTS OF THE 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

About this report 

Key numbers 

Segment information 

Note 1:  

Revenue 

Note 2:  

Expenses 

Note 3:  

Income tax expense 

Note 4:   Cash and cash equivalents 

Note 5:   Trade and other receivables 

Note 6:  

Inventories 

Note 7:   Other assets 

Note 8:  

Property, plant and equipment 

Note 9:   Development assets 

Note 10:   Exploration and evaluation assets 

Note 11:   Trade and other payables 

Note 12:   Borrowings 

Note 13:   Lease liabilities 

Note 14:   Contingent consideration 

Note 15:   Provisions 

Note 16 

Share capital 

Note 17:   Reserves 

Risk 

90

92

92

94

95

96

99

100

101

102

102

105

107

108

109

110

115

116

118

119

119

Note 18:   Financial instruments and financial risk management  119

Note 19:   Capital risk management 

Group structure  

Note 20:   Asset acquisitions 

Note 21:  

Interests in other entities 

Unrecognised items 

Note 22:   Contingent liabilities 

Note 23:   Commitments 

Other information 

Note 24:   Events occurring after the reporting period 

Note 25:   Related party transactions 

Note 26:   Share based payments 

Note 27  Remuneration of auditors 

Note 28:   Earnings per share 

Note 29:   Assets pledged as security 

Note 30:   Deed of cross guarantee 

Note 31:   Parent entity information 

Note 32:   Accounting policies 

123

124

124

125

126

126

127

128

128

128

128

131

131

132

133

135

136

89

Annual Report 2020 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

About this report

Ramelius Resources Limited (referred to as ‘Ramelius’ or ‘company’) is a for-profit company limited by shares incorporated and domiciled in 
Australia whose shares are publicly listed on the Australian Securities Exchange Limited (ASX). The nature of the operations and principal activities 
of Ramelius and its controlled entities (referred to as ‘the group’) are described in the segment information.

The consolidated general purpose financial report of the group for the year ended 30 June 2020 was authorised for issue in accordance with a 
resolution of the Directors on 24 August 2020. The Directors have the power to amend and reissue the financial report.

The financial report is a general purpose financial report which:

- 

 has been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standard Board 
(AASB) and the Corporations Act 2001. The consolidated financial statements of the group also comply with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

-  has been prepared under the historical cost convention except for FVOCI financial assets, which have been measured at fair value.

- 

- 

- 

 has been presented in Australian dollars and rounded to the nearest $1,000 unless otherwise stated, in accordance with ASIC Corporations 
(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191.

 adopts all new and amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the AASB that are relevant to the group and effective for 
reporting periods beginning on or before 1 July 2019. Refer to Note 32 for further details.

 does not early adopt Accounting Standards and Interpretations that have been issued or amended but are not yet effective.  
Refer to Note 32 for further details.

KEY JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS
In the process of applying the group’s accounting policies, management has made a number of judgements and applied estimates of future events. 
Judgements and estimates which are material to the financial report are found in the following notes.

Page

98
102-108
102-106
106
106
106
108
114
115
117
117

Note

Note 3
Note 8, 9 & 10
Note 8 & 9
Note 9
Note 9
Note 9
Note 10
Note 13
Note 14
Note 15
Note 15

Recovery of deferred tax assets
Impairment of assets
Depreciation and amortisation
Production stripping
Deferred mining expenditure
Ore reserves 
Exploration and evaluation expenditure
Leases
Contingent consideration
Provision for restoration and rehabilitation
Provision for long service leave

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the parent entity, Ramelius Resources Limited, and its controlled entities. 
A list of controlled entities is contained in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements. All controlled entities have a 30 June financial year end.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, all inter-company balances and transactions, income and expenses and profits and losses resulting 
from intra-group transactions have been eliminated. 

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is obtained to the date on which control is disposed. The acquisition of subsidiaries is 
accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting.

FOREIGN CURRENCY
The functional currencies of overseas subsidiaries are listed in Note 21. As at the reporting date, the assets and liabilities of overseas subsidiaries are 
translated into Australian dollars at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date and the income statements are translated at the average 
exchange rates for the year. The exchange differences arising on the translation are taken directly to a separate component of equity.

90

Ramelius Resources 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOREIGN CURRENCY (continued)

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency at the exchange rates ruling at the date of the transaction. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the balance sheet date.  
Exchange differences arising from the application of these procedures are taken to the income statement, with the exception of differences on 
foreign currency borrowings that provide a hedge against a net investment in a foreign entity, which are taken directly to equity until the disposal 
of the net investment and are then recognised in the income statement. Tax charges and credits attributable to exchange differences on those 
borrowings are also recognised in equity.

OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Significant and other accounting policies that summarise the measurement basis used and are relevant to an understanding of the financial 
statements are provided throughout the notes to the financial statements.

THE NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The notes include information which is required to understand the financial statements and is material and relevant to the operations, financial 
position and performance of the group. Information is considered material and relevant if, for example: 

- 

- 

- 

- 

the amount in question is significant because of its size or nature;

it is important for understanding the results of the group;

it helps to explain the impact of significant changes in the group’s business – for example acquisition and impairment write downs; or

it relates to an aspect of the group’s operations that is important to its future performance.

The notes are organised into the following sections:

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 Key Numbers: provides a breakdown of individual line items in the financial statements that the Directors consider most relevant and 
summarises the accounting policies, judgements and estimates relevant to understanding these line items.

 Risk: provides information about the capital management practices of the group and discusses the group’s exposure to various financial 
risks and what the group does to manage these risks.

 Group Structure: explains aspects of the group structure and how changes have affected the financial position and performance of  
the group.

 Unrecognised Items: provides information about items that are not recognised in the financial statements but could potentially have a 
significant impact on the group’s financial position and performance.

 Other Information: provides information on items which require disclosure to comply with Australian Accounting Standards and  
other regulatory pronouncements. However, these are not considered critical in understanding the financial performance or position of the 
group.

SIGNIFICANT ITEMS IN THE CURRENT REPORTING PERIOD
The financial position and performance of the group was particularly affected by the following events and transactions during the  
reporting period:

• 

 The acquisition of Spectrum Metals Limited (Penny Gold Hill Project) which was completed in June 2020 (see Note 20) which  
resulted in an increase in exploration and evaluation assets (Note 10).

For a detailed discussion about the group’s performance and financial position please refer to our operating and financial review on  
pages 12 to 23 and 62 to 65.

91

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers

SEGMENT INFORMATION

(a) Description of segments and principal activities
Management has determined the operating segments based on internal reports about components of the group that are regularly reviewed  
by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM), being the Managing Director / Chief Executive Officer, to make strategic decisions. Reportable 
operating segments are Mt Magnet, Edna May and Exploration. The group operates primarily in one business segment, namely the exploration, 
development and production of minerals with a focus on gold. The CODM monitors performance in these areas separately. Unless stated 
otherwise, all amounts reported to the CODM are determined in accordance with accounting policies that are consistent to those adopted  
in the annual financial statements of the group. Operating segment performance details for financial years 2020 and 2019 are set out below. 

(b) Segment results

2020 Segment results

Segment revenue
Cost of production
Amortisation and depreciation
Movement in inventory
Deferred mining costs
Gross margin
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
Segment margin

Interest income
Finance costs
Other expenses
Profit before income tax from continuing operations

Total segment assets

Total segment liabilities

2019 Segment results

Segment revenue
Cost of production
Amortisation and depreciation
Movement in inventory
Deferred mining costs
Gross margin

Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets

Segment margin

Interest income
Finance costs
Other expenses
Profit before income tax from continuing operations

Total segment assets

Total segment liabilities

92

Mt Magnet
$’000

324,322
(211,659)
(70,465)
38,444 
53,756 
134,398 
-
134,398

Edna May
$’000

136,252
(117,877)
(32,620)
17,728 
33,335 
36,818 
-
36,818

Exploration
$’000

Total
$’000

-
-
-
-
-
-
(6,336)
(6,336)

460,574
(329,536)
(103,085)
56,172
87,091
171,216
(6,336)
164,880

998
(4,025)
(12,368)
149,485

183,486

204,249

196,892

584,627

92,011

75,821

907

168,739

Mt Magnet
$’000

Edna May
$’000

Exploration
$’000

207,123
(176,895)
(67,920)
5,360
46,879
14,547

-

14,547

145,647
(85,537)
(13,383)
(23,034)
5,369
29,062

-

29,062

-
-
-
-
-
-

(2,800)

(2,800)

Total
$’000

352,770
(262,432)
(81,303)
(17,674)
52,248
43,609

(2,800)

40,809

1,886
(2,193)
(10,091)
30,411

115,975

74,594

100,021

290,590

55,676

48,163

1,626

105,465

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

(c) Segment gross margin reconciliation
Segment margin reconciles to profit before income tax from continuing operations for the year ended 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019 as follows:

Segment margin
Other income
Interest income
Depreciation and amortisation
Employee benefit expense
Equity settled share-based payments
Exploration and evaluation costs
Change in fair value of Edna May contingent consideration
Impairment of debtors
(Loss) / gain on sale of property, plant and equipment
Gain on sale of tenements
Finance costs
Other expenses
Profit before income tax from continuing operations

(d) Other profit and loss disclosure

2020

Exploration and evaluation costs
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
Total other profit and loss disclosure

2019

Exploration and evaluation costs
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
Total other profit and loss disclosure

(e) Segment assets
Operating segment assets are reconciled to total assets as follows:

Segment assets
Unallocated assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets
Other non-current assets
Financial assets at FVOCI
Property, plant and equipment
Total assets as per the balance sheet

2020
$’000

164,880
31
998
(428)
(6,737)
(2,130)
(438)
173
-
(113)
1,142
(4,025)
(3,868)
149,485

2019
$’000

40,809
116
1,886
(193)
(6,674)
(651)
(711)
2,009
(717)
-
-
(2,193)
(3,270)
30,411

Mt Magnet
$’000

Edna May
$’000

Exploration
$’000

-
-
-
-

-
-
173
173

(438)
(6,336)
-
(6,774)

Mt Magnet
$’000

Edna May
$’000

Exploration
$’000

-
-
-
-

-
-
2,009
2,009

(711)
(2,800)
-
(3,511)

Total
$’000

(438)
(6,336)
173
(6,601)

Total
$’000

(711)
(2,800)
2,009
(1,502)

2020
$’000

584,627

165,670
3,630
13
624
378
754,942

2019
$’000

290,590

95,815
8,629
1,016
101
418
396,569

93

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued) 

SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

(f) Segment liabilities
Operating segment liabilities are reconciled to total liabilities as follows:

Segment liabilities
Unallocated liabilities:
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Current provisions
Current lease liabilities
Borrowings
Non-current provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Total liabilities as per the balance sheet

2020
$’000

168,739

4,290
21,272
555
288
23,475
42
21,061
239,722

2019
$’000

105,465

3,980
-
423
-
-
18
7,741
117,627

(g) Major customers
Ramelius sells its gold production to either The Perth Mint or delivers it into forward gold contracts. 

(h)  Segments assets by geographical location 
The total non-current assets other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets, broken down by the location of the assets, is shown in the 
following table:

Australia
US
Total non-current assets other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets

NOTE 1: REVENUE
The group derives the following types of revenue:

(a) Revenue

Gold sales
Silver sales
Other revenue
Total revenue from continuing operations

(b) Other income

Change in fair value of Edna May contingent consideration
Gain on sale of tenements
Foreign exchange gains 
Total other income from continuing operations

94

2020
$’000

482,883
-
482,883

2020
$’000

459,609
767
198
460,574

2020
$

173
1,142
31
1,346

Note

Note

14

2019
$’000

241,741
954
242,695

2019
$’000

350,981
808
981
352,770

2019
$

2,009
-
116
2,125

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued) 

NOTE 1: REVENUE (continued)

(c) Recognising revenue from major business activities
Revenue (general) 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue from sale of goods or rendering of a service is 
recognised upon delivery of the goods or service to customers as this corresponds to the transfer of control of the goods and the cessation  
of all involvement with those goods. All revenue is stated net of goods and services tax (GST).

Gold bullion and silver sales 
Revenue from gold bullion and silver sales is brought to account when control over the inventory has transferred to the buyer and selling prices are 
known or can be reasonably estimated.

NOTE 2: EXPENSES
Profit before tax includes the following expenses whose disclosure is relevant in explaining the performance of the group:

(a) Cost of production
Mining and milling production costs
Employee benefits expense
Royalties
Amortisation and depreciation
Inventory movements
Total cost of production from continuing operations

(b) Other expenses
Employee benefit expense
Equity settled share-based payments
Other expenses
Amortisation and depreciation
Exploration and evaluation costs 
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
Impairment of receivable
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
Total other expenses from continuing operations

(c) Finance costs
Provisions: unwinding of discount
Contingent consideration: unwinding of discount
Interest on leases
Interest and finance charges
Total finance costs from continuing operations

Note

26

10

15
14
13

2020
$’000

182,020 
38,388 
22,036 
103,085 
(56,171)
289,358 

6,737
2,130
3,868
428
438
6,336
-
113
20,050

639
1,236
1,009
1,141
4,025

2019
$’000

157,575
36,247
16,362
81,303
17,674
309,161

6,674
651
3,270
193
711
2,800
717
-
15,016

941
1,238
-
14
2,193

(d)  Recognising expenses from major business activities

Amortisation and depreciation
Refer to Notes 8 and 9 for details on depreciation and amortisation.

Impairment
Impairment expenses are recognised to the extent that the carrying amounts of assets exceed their recoverable amounts. Refer to Notes 8, 9 and 
10 for further details on impairment.

Employee benefits expense
The group’s accounting policy for liabilities associated with employee benefits is set out in Note 15. The policy relating to share-based payments is 
set out in Note 26.

95

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 3: INCOME TAX EXPENSE

(a) The components of tax expense comprise:

Current tax
Deferred tax
Income tax expense from continuing operations

(b) Recognition of income tax expense to prima facia tax payable:

Accounting profit before tax
Income tax expense calculated at 30%
Tax effects of amounts which are not deductible / (taxable) in calculating taxable income:
- Share-based payments
- Other non-allowable items
- Adjustments for prior periods
- Research and development tax credit
- Tax losses utilised in current year
- Tax losses brought to account
Income tax expense

2020
$’000

22,480
13,590
36,070

2020
$’000

149,485
44,846

639
671
-
-
(2,996)
(7,090)
36,070

2019
$’000

(79)
8,658
8,579

2019
$’000

30,411
9,123

195
11
(671)
(79)
-
-
8,579

24%

28%

Applicable effective tax rate

(c) Deferred tax movement:

30 June 2020

Deferred tax liability (DTL)
Exploration and evaluation
Development
Inventory – consumables
Total DTL

Deferred tax asset (DTA)
Inventory – deferred mining costs
Inventory – stock
Property, plant and equipment
Provisions
Leases (see note 13)
Financial assets at FVOCI
Tax losses
Tax losses brought to account
Other
Total DTA
Net deferred tax liability #

1 July 2019
$’000

Adoption
 of AASB 16
$’000

Transfers
$’000

 Other 
comp.
income
$’000

Income 
statement
$’000

30 June 2020  
$’000

8,726
22,234
319
31,279

2,236
-
1,944
15,554
-
-
2,115
-
1,689
23,538
(7,741)

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
298
-
-
-
-
-
-

3,021
(3,021)
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
(28)
-
-
-
(28)

10,519
6,945
(5)
17,459

(1,192)
1,469
(128)
(971)
(61)
-
(2,115)
7,090
(223)
3,869
(13,590)

22,266
26,158
314
48,738

1,044
1,469
1,816
14,583
237
(28)
-
7,090
1,466
27,677
(21,061)

# Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset for presentation on the balance sheet pursuant to set off provisions.

96

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 3: INCOME TAX EXPENSE (continued)

(c) Deferred tax movement (continued):

30 June 2019

Deferred tax liability (DTL)
Exploration and evaluation
Development
Property, plant and equipment
Inventory – consumables
Total DTL

Deferred tax asset (DTA)
Inventory – deferred mining costs
Property, plant and equipment
Provisions
Tax losses
Other
Total DTA

Net deferred tax asset / (liability) #

Balance at  
1 July 2018
$’000

Charged / 
(credited) to 
income
$’000

Balance at  
30 June 2019
$’000

5,644
19,545
499
342
26,030

2,236
933
14,886
8,296
596
26,947

917

3,082
2,689
(499)
(23)
5,249

-
1,011
668
(6,181)
1,093
(3,409)

8,726
22,234
-
319
31,279

2,236
1,944
15,554
2,115
1,689
23,538

(7,741)

# Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset for presentation on the balance sheet pursuant to set off provisions.

(d) Tax losses:

Unused tax losses:
- for which a deferred asset has been recognised
- for which no deferred asset has been recognised
Total potential unused tax losses

2020

2019

Gross

Net (30%)

Gross

Net (30%)

23,632
25,402
49,034

7,090
7,620
14,710

7,050
37,923
44,973

2,115
11,377
13,492

Unused tax losses for which no deferred asset has been recognised
Spectrum Metals Limited, Zebra Minerals Pty Ltd and Red Dirt Mining Pty Ltd (‘the Spectrum tax consolidated group’) joined the Ramelius tax 
consolidated group on 23 June 2020. When a company enters an existing tax consolidated group, the tax losses of that company at the date 
it enters the tax consolidated group may be transferred to the existing tax group and utilised against future taxable income, subject to various 
provisions in the relevant tax legislation.

As at 30 June 2020 the ability of the Ramelius consolidated tax group to access and utilise the carried forward tax losses from the Spectrum tax 
consolidated group is being assessed and as such no deferred tax asset has been recognised in relation to these carried forward tax losses. As at 30 
June 2019 the Spectrum tax consolidated group had carried forward tax losses of $21,097,000 with a potential benefit of $6,329,000, with work 
continuing on the tax loss for the ‘stub’ period (being the period from 1 July 2019 to 22 June 2020). 

The balance of the unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised relates to capital losses.

97

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 3: INCOME TAX EXPENSE (continued)

(d) Tax losses (continued)

Unused tax losses for which a deferred asset has been recognised
During the year work was completed on the assessment of the ability of the Ramelius consolidated tax group to access and utilise the  
carried forward tax losses of Explaurum Operations Pty Ltd. This work included obtaining advice from external tax advisors as part of the 
availability assessment. As a result of this assessment the unused tax losses of Explaurum Operations Pty Limited were transferred into the existing 
tax consolidated group. These losses were assessed as recoverable and as a result have been recognised. These losses can be utilised against 
current and future taxable income, subject to various provisions in the relevant tax legislation. Unused tax losses transferred into the existing tax 
consolidated group totalled $33,618,000 with a potential benefit $10,085,000. 

A total of $20,272,000 of tax losses with a benefit of $6,081,000 (which includes $2,996,000 relating to historical Explaurum Operations Pty 
Limited losses) were utilised during the current financial year with a balance of $23,632,000 unused tax losses with a potential benefit of $7,090,000 
remaining as at 30 June 2020. A deferred tax asset has been recognised for these unused tax losses.

The Directors have assessed that it is probable that the group will generate sufficient taxable profits to utilise the losses recognised as a  
deferred tax asset.

Key judgement, estimates and assumptions: Recovery of deferred tax assets 
Judgement is required to determine whether deferred tax assets are recognised in the balance sheet. Deferred tax assets, including those 
arising from unused tax losses, require management to assess the likelihood that the group will generate sufficient taxable earnings in the 
future periods in order to recognise and utilise those deferred tax assets. Judgement is also required in respect of the expected manner 
of recovery of the value of an asset or liability (which will then impact the quantum of the deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities 
recognised) and the application of existing laws in each jurisdiction. 

Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecast cash flows from operations and existing tax laws in each jurisdiction. These 
assessments require the use of estimates and assumptions such as exchange rates, commodity prices, the timing of production profiles, 
and operating performance over the life of the assets. To the extent that cash flows and taxable income differ significantly from estimates, 
the ability of the group to realise the net deferred tax assets reported at the reporting date could be impacted. 

Additionally, future changes in tax laws in the jurisdictions in which the group operates could limit the ability of the group to obtain tax 
deductions and recover/utilise deferred tax assets in future periods. 

(e) Recognition and measurement of income tax 

Current income tax
Current income tax expense charged to the income statement is the tax payable on taxable income calculated using applicable income tax rates 
that have been enacted, or substantially enacted by the reporting date. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with 
respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretations. Current tax liabilities (assets) are therefore measured at the 
amounts expected to be paid to (recovered from) the relevant taxation authority.

Deferred taxes
Deferred income tax expense reflects movements in deferred tax asset and deferred tax liability balances during the year as well as unused tax 
losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are ascertained based on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets also result where amounts have been fully expensed for accounting purposes, but 
future tax deductions are available. No deferred income tax will be recognised from the initial recognition of an asset or liability, excluding a business 
combination, where there is no effect on accounting or taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised, or the liability 
is settled, based on tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at reporting date. Their measurement also reflects the way management expects to 
recover or settle the carrying amount of the related asset or liability.

Deferred tax assets relating to temporary differences and unused tax losses are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable 
profits will be available against which the benefits of the deferred tax asset can be utilised. The amount of benefits brought to account or which 
may be realised in the future is based on the assumption that no adverse change will occur in income tax legislation and the anticipation that 
that the group will derive sufficient future assessable income to enable the benefit to be realised and comply with the conditions of deductibility 
imposed by the law.

98

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 3: INCOME TAX EXPENSE (continued)

(e) Recognition and measurement of income tax (continued)

Tax consolidated group
Ramelius Resources Limited and its wholly-owned Australian subsidiaries have formed an income tax consolidated group under tax consolidation 
legislation. Each entity in the group recognises its own current and deferred tax assets and liabilities. Such taxes are measured using the ‘stand-alone 
taxpayer’ approach to allocation. 

Current tax liabilities (assets) and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and tax credits in the subsidiaries are immediately transferred to 
the head entity. 

The tax consolidated group has entered into a tax funding arrangement whereby each company in the group contributes to the income tax payable 
by the group in proportion to their contribution to the group’s taxable income. Differences between the amounts of net tax assets and liabilities 
derecognised and the net amounts recognised pursuant to the funding arrangement are recognised as either a contribution by, or distribution to 
the head entity.

NOTE 4: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

(a) Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash at bank and in hand
Deposits at call
Total cash and cash equivalents

(b) Reconciliation of net profit after tax to net cash flows from operations
Net profit
Non-cash items
- Share based payments
- Depreciation and amortisation
- Write off and impairment of exploration assets
- Discount unwind on provisions
- Discount unwind on deferred consideration
- Change in fair value of Edna May contingent consideration
- Net exchange differences
- Impairment of receivable
Items presented as investing or financing activities
- Gain on disposal of non-current assets
- Other finance costs
(Increase) / decrease in assets
- Prepayments
- Trade and other receivables
- Inventories
- Deferred tax assets
Increase / (decrease) in liabilities
- Trade and other payables
- Current tax payable
- Provisions
- Deferred tax liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities

2020
$’000

125,670
40,000
165,670

113,415

2,130
103,513
6,336
639
1,236
(173)
(31)
-

(1,029)
2,150

918
3,725
(56,486)
(5,320)

24,347
21,272
721
18,668
236,031

2019
$’000

40,815
55,000
95,815

21,832

651
81,496
3,511
941
1,238
(2,009)
-
717

(765)
-

(690)
(3,337)
17,019
3,409

8,111
-
(404)
5,249
136,969

99

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued) 

NOTE 4: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (continued)

(c) Recognition and measurement

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank, demand deposits held with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments 
that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in values. For the purposes of the 
Statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined below.

Risk exposure

The group’s exposure to interest rate risk is discussed in Note 18. Maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the 
carrying amount of each class of cash and cash equivalents disclosed above.

(d) Net cash reconciliation
This section sets out an analysis of net cash and the movements in the net cash for each of the financial years presented.

Net Cash

Cash and cash equivalents
Borrowings – bank loans repayable within one year
Borrowings – leases repayable within one year

Borrowings – leases repayable after one year

Net cash

Net cash at 30 June 2018

Cash flows
Balance at 30 June 2019

Balance at 1 July 2019
Adoption of AASB 16 Leases 
At 1 July 2019 (re stated)

Cash flows
Lease additions (including interest)
Balance at 30 June 2020

2020
$’000

165,670
(24,375)
(16,643)

(13,846)

110,806

Borrowings
$’000

Leases
$’000

Sub-total
$’000

-

-
-

-
-
-

(24,375)
-
(24,375)

-

-
-

-
(21,256)
(21,256)

15,737
(24,970)
(30,489)

-

-
-

-
(21,256)
(21,256)

(8,638)
(24,970)
(54,864)

Cash
$’000

68,209 

27,606 
95,815

95,815
-
95,815

69,855
-
165,670

NOTE 5: TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current
Trade receivables
Provision for impairment
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Total current trade and other receivables

100

2020
$’000

23
(8)
15
3,219
3,234

2019
$’000

95,815
-
-

-

95,815

Net Cash
$’000

68,209 

27,606
95,815

95,815  
(21,256)
74,559

61,217
(24,970)
110,806

2019
$’000

5,422
(8)
5,414
1,360
6,774

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 6: INVENTORIES

Ore stockpiles
Gold in circuit
Gold bullion and dore 
Gold nuggets
Consumables and supplies
Total inventories

2020
$’000

73,308
5,382
7,376
80
11,407
97,553

2019
$’000

22,313
2,107
5,475
80
11,092
41,067

(a) Inventory expense
Write down of inventories to net realisable value amounted to $4,802,000 (2019: $548,000 credit to income statement). These were recognised 
as an expense during the year ended 30 June 2020 and included in the cost of production in the income statement. The write downs to the net 
realisable value mainly related to stockpiles of Stellar ore which is of a low grade until which point the main ore body is accessed. 

(b) Recognition and measurement

Inventories
Gold ore, gold in circuit and poured gold bars are physically measured, or estimated, and valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value.  
Cost represents the weighted average cost and includes direct costs and an appropriate allocation of fixed and variable production overhead costs, 
including depreciation and amortisation. 

Consumables and stores are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs of purchased inventory are determined after deducting any 
applicable rebates and discounts. A periodic review is undertaken to establish the extent of any surplus or obsolete items and where necessary a 
provision is made.

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion of sale.

Gold ore represents stockpiled ore that has been mined or otherwise acquired and is available for further processing. If there is significant 
uncertainty as to whether the stockpiled ore will be processed, it is expensed. Where future processing of ore can be predicted with  
confidence (e.g. it exceeds the mine cut-off grade), it is valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. If ore is not expected to be  
processed within 12 months after reporting date, it is classified as non-current assets. Ramelius believes processing ore stockpiles may have  
a future economic benefit to the group and accordingly ore is valued at lower of cost and net realisable value.

101

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 7: OTHER ASSETS

Current
Prepayments
Secured term deposits with financial institutions
Total other current assets

Non-current
Secured term deposits with financial institutions
Other security bonds and deposits
Total other non-current assets

2020
$’000

1,105
3,370
4,475

-
503
503

2019
$’000

2,129
6,500
8,629

1,000
488
1,488

(a) Other non-current assets
Other non-current assets comprise secured deposits with financial institutions for finance facilities as well as bonds and deposits with government 
bodies with regards to the mining and exploration activities of the group.

NOTE 8: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Land and 
buildings
$’000

Plant and 
equipment
$’000

Assets under 
construction
$’000

Right-of-use 
assets
$’000

8,651
(1,577)
7,074
-
7,074

7,074
-
692
(127)
177
(590)
7,226

9,411
(2,185)
7,226

107,852
(73,831)
34,021
-
34,021

34,021
365
7,193
(93)
3,533
(10,916)
34,103

118,781
(84,678)
34,103

2,728
-
2,728
-
2,728

2,728
-
8,322
-
(3,710)
-
7,340

7,340
-
7,340

-
-
-
20,262
20,262

20,262
-
23,961
-
-
(14,524)
29,699

44,223
(14,524)
29,699

Total
$’000

119,231
(75,408)
43,823
20,262
64,085

64,085
365
40,168
(220)
-
(26,030)
78,368

179,755
(101,387)
78,368

2020

As at 1 July 2019
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount
Adoption of AASB 16 Leases
As at 1 July 2019 (restated)

Year ended 30 June 2020
Opening net book amount
Acquisition of subsidiary
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
Depreciation charge
Closing net book amount

As at 30 June 2020
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount

102

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 8: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

2019

As at 1 July 2019
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 June 2019
Opening net book amount
Additions on the acquisition of subsidiary
Transfers from mine development
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
Depreciation charge
Closing net book amount

As at 30 June 2019
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount

Land and 
buildings
$’000

Plant and 
equipment
$’000

Assets under 
construction
$’000

7,096
(802)
6,294

6,294
135
-
-
-
1,420
(775)
7,074

8,651
(1,577)
7,074

102,212
(59,297)
42,915

42,915
134
249
-
(6)
5,223
(14,494)
34,021

107,852
(73,831)
34,021

1,913
-
1,913

1,913
-
-
7,458
-
(6,643)
-
2,728

2,728
-
2,728

Total
$’000

111,221
(60,099)
51,122

51,122
269
249
7,458
(6)
-
(15,269)
43,823

119,231
(75,408)
43,823

(a)  Depreciation
Items of plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, the duration of which reflects the useful 
lives depending on the nature of the asset. The group uses the straight-line method when depreciating property, plant and equipment, resulting in 
estimated useful lives for each class of depreciable assets as follows:

Class of fixed asset

Properties
Plant and equipment – mine camp
Plant and equipment – mill refurbishments
Plant and equipment – tailings dam
Plant and equipment – computers
Plant and equipment – office equipment
Plant and equipment – office furniture
Plant and equipment – other
Mine and exploration equipment
Motor vehicles

Useful life

40 years
2 – 15 years
3 - 5 years
5 years
4 years
3 – 10 years
10 – 25 years
2.5 – 25 years
2 – 33.3 years
8 – 12 years

Key judgement, estimates and assumptions: Depreciation 
The estimations of useful lives, residual value and depreciation methods require management judgement and are reviewed bi-annually for all 
major items of plant and equipment. If they need to be modified, the change is accounted for prospectively from the date of reassessment 
until the end of the revised useful life (for both the current and future years). 

103

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 8: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

(b) Derecognition
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised when it is sold or otherwise disposed of, or when its use is expected to bring no future 
economic benefits. Gains and losses on derecognising assets are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount. These gains and 
losses are included in the Income Statement. When revalued assets are sold, amounts included in the revaluation reserve relating to that asset  
are transferred to retained earnings.

(c) Impairment

Key judgements, estimates and assumptions: Impairment of assets  
The group assesses each Cash-Generating Unit (CGU) at least annually, to determine whether there is any indication of impairment or 
reversal of a prior impairment. Where an indicator of impairment or reversal exists, a formal estimate of the recoverable amount is made, 
which is deemed as being the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and value in use. These assessments require the use of estimates and 
assumptions such as ore reserves, future production, commodity prices, discount rates, exchange rates, operating costs, sustaining capital 
costs, any future development cost necessary to produce the reserves (including the magnitude and timing of cash flows) and operating 
performance. 

Some of the factors considered in management’s assessment as to whether there existed any indicators of impairment at the  
CGUs included: 

•  Strong operational and financial performance of the CGUs;

•  The extension of mine life across all CGUs;

•  Positive gold price environment against budget; and

•  Acquisitions complementing the existing CGUs of the group.

(d) Recognition and measurement of property, plant and equipment

Cost 
Each class of plant and equipment is carried at cost or fair value as indicated less, where applicable, any accumulated depreciation and  
impairment losses.

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to  
the acquisition of the items.

Major spares purchased specifically for particular plant are capitalised and depreciated on the same basis as the plant to which they relate when in 
use. Assets are depreciated or amortised from the date they are installed and are ready for use, or in respect of internally constructed assets, from 
the time the asset is completed and deemed ready for use.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that 
future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and 
maintenance are charged to the Income Statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

104

Ramelius Resources 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 9: DEVELOPMENT ASSETS

Development assets
Less: accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Development asset reconciliation
Opening net book amount
Additions on the acquisition of subsidiary
Additions
Restoration and rehabilitation adjustment
Transfer to property, plant and equipment
Transfer from exploration and evaluation asset
Amortisation
Closing net book amount

Note

15
8
10

2020
$’000

516,134
(307,866)
208,268

99,430
-
107,537
(4,753)
-
83,537
(77,483)
208,268

2019
$’000

330,866
(231,436)
99,430

84,728
13,759
57,159
3,164
(249)
7,096
(66,227)
99,430

(a) Impairment
No impairment of development assets arose during the 2020 financial year. Refer to Note 8(c) for further discussion on the impairment of assets 
and the process undertaken by management in forming this conclusion.

(b)  Recognition and measurement

Mine development
Development assets represent expenditure in respect of exploration, evaluation, feasibility and development incurred by or on behalf of the group, 
including overburden removal and construction costs, previously accumulated and carried forward in relation to areas of interest in which mining 
has now commenced. Such expenditure comprises net direct costs and an appropriate allocation of directly related overhead expenditure. 

All expenditure incurred prior to commencement of production from each development property is carried forward to the extent to which 
recoupment out of future revenue from the sale of production, or from the sale of the property, is reasonably assured.

When further development expenditure is incurred in respect of a mine property after commencement of production, such expenditure is carried 
forward as part of the cost of the mine property only when future economic benefits are reasonably assured, otherwise the expenditure is 
classified as part of the cost of production and expensed as incurred. Such capitalised development expenditure is added to the total carrying value 
of development assets being amortised.

Deferred mining expenditure - Pre-production mine development
Pre-production mining costs incurred by the group in relation to accessing recoverable reserves are carried forward as part of ‘development assets’ 
when future economic benefits are established, otherwise such expenditure is expensed as part of the cost of production.

Deferred mining expenditure - Surface mining costs 
Mining costs incurred during the production stage of operations are deferred, this is generally the case where there are fluctuations in deferred 
mining costs over the life of the mine, and the effect is material. The amount of mining costs deferred is based on the ratio obtained by dividing 
the volume of waste material moved by the volume of ore mined. Mining costs incurred in the period are deferred to the extent that the current 
period waste to ore ratio exceeds the life-of-mine waste-to-ore (life of mine) ratio. The life of mine ratio is based on economically recoverable 
reserves of the operation.

In the production stage of some operations, further developments of the mine require a phase of unusually high overburden removal activity that 
is similar in nature to pre-production mine development. The costs of such unusually high overburden removal activity are deferred and charged 
against reported profits in subsequent periods on a unit-of-production basis. The accounting treatment is consistent with that of overburden 
removal costs incurred during the development phase of a mine, before production commences. Deferred mining costs that relate to the 
production phase of the operation are carried forward as part of ‘development assets’. The amortisation of deferred mining costs is included in site 
operating costs.

105

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 9: DEVELOPMENT ASSETS (continued)

Key judgement, estimates and assumptions: Production stripping  
The life of mine ratio is a function of an individual mine’s design and therefore changes to that design will generally result in changes  
to the ratio. Changes in other technical or economic parameters that impact reserves will also have an impact on the life of mine ratio 
even if they do not affect the mine’s design. Changes to the life of mine ratio are accounted for prospectively.

Key judgement, estimates and assumptions: Deferred mining expenditure   
The group defers mining costs incurred during the production stage of its operations. Changes in an individual mine’s design will generally 
result in changes to the life of mine waste to ore (life of mine) ratio. Changes in other technical and economic parameters that impact 
reserves will also have an impact on the life of mine ratio even if they do not affect the mine’s design. Changes to the life of mine ratio are 
accounted for prospectively. 

Key judgement, estimates and assumptions: Ore reserves   
The group estimates ore reserves and mineral resources each year based on information compiled by Competent Persons as defined 
in accordance with the Australian code for reporting Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves 2012 (‘JORC code’). 
Estimated quantities of economically recoverable reserves are based upon interpretations of geological models and require assumptions 
to be made including estimates of short and long-term commodity prices, exchange rates, future operating performance and capital 
requirements. Changes in reported reserve estimates can impact the carrying value of plant and equipment and development, provision for 
restoration and rehabilitation obligations as well as the amount of depreciation and amortisation. 

Key judgement, estimates and assumptions: Amortisation and impairment    
The group uses the unit-of-production basis when depreciating / amortising mine specific assets which results in a depreciation / 
amortisation charge proportional to the depletion of the anticipated remaining life of mine production. Economic life, which is assessed 
annually, has due regard to both its physical life limitations and to present assessments of economically recoverable reserves of the mine 
property. These calculations require the use of estimates and assumptions. 

Development assets are amortised based on the unit-of-production method which results in an amortisation charge proportional to the 
depletion of the estimated recoverable reserves. Where there is a change in the reserves the amortisation rate is adjusted prospectively in 
the reporting period in which the change occurs. The net carrying values of development expenditure carried forward are reviewed half-
yearly by Directors to determine whether there is any indication of impairment, refer to Note 8 (d) for further information. 

106

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 10: EXPLORATION AND EVALUATION ASSETS

Exploration and evaluation
Exploration and evaluation asset reconciliation
Opening net book amount
Additions on the acquisition of subsidiary
Additions
Disposal
Impairment
Exchange differences
Transfer to development asset
Closing net book amount

Note

20

2(b)

9

2020
$’000

196,247

99,442
168,515
18,355
(208)
(6,336)
16
(83,537)
196,247

2019
$’000

99,442

19,317
72,262
17,732
-
(2,800)
27
(7,096)
99,442

(a) Transfer to development assets
During the year a total of $83,537,000 was transferred from exploration and evaluation assets to a mine development asset. These amounts related 
to the Tampia Hill Gold Project and the Eridanus project (Mt Magnet). The Tampia Hill Gold Project costs were transferred to mine development 
upon the completion of the Feasibility Study and subsequent investment decision with the project now moving into development. The Eridanus 
transfer relates to the work completed to increase the Eridanus open pit project which resulted in a significantly larger open pit.  
The Stage 2 cut back has commenced in July 2020.

(b) Recognition and measurement

Exploration and evaluation
Exploration and evaluation costs related to areas of interest are capitalised and carried forward to the extent that:

(a)  Rights to tenure of the area of interest are current; and

(b) (i) Costs are expected to be recouped through successful development and exploitation of the area of interest or alternatively  

  by sale; or

(ii)  Where activities in the area of interest have not yet reached a stage which permits a reasonable assessment of the existence or 
otherwise of economically recoverable reserves, active and significant operations in, or in relation to, the areas are continuing.

Such expenditure consists of an accumulation of acquisition costs and direct net exploration and evaluation costs incurred by or on behalf  
of the group, together with an appropriate portion of directly related overhead expenditure.

Deferred feasibility
Feasibility expenditure represents costs related to the preparation and completion of feasibility studies to enable a development decision  
to be made in relation to an area of interest and is capitalised as incurred.

When production commences, relevant past exploration, evaluation and feasibility expenditure in respect of an area of interest that has  
been capitalised is transferred to mine development where it is amortised over the life of the area of interest to which it relates on a  
unit-of-production basis. 

When an area of interest is abandoned or the Directors decide it is not commercial, any accumulated costs in respect of that area are written off in 
the year the decision is made. Each area of interest is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and accumulated costs written off to the extent 
they are not expected to be recoverable in the future.

107

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 10: EXPLORATION AND EVALUATION ASSETS (continued)
Mineral rights
Mineral rights comprise identifiable exploration and evaluation assets, mineral resources and ore reserves, which are acquired as part of a business 
combination or a joint venture and are recognised at fair value at date of acquisition. Mineral rights are attributable to specific areas of interest and 
are classified within exploration and evaluation assets.

Mineral rights attributable to each area of interest are amortised when commercial production commences on a unit-of-production basis over the 
estimated economic reserve of the mine to which the rights related.

Impairment
Impairment of specific exploration and evaluation assets during the year have occurred where Directors have concluded that capitalised 
expenditure is unlikely to be recovered by sale or future exploitation. At each reporting date the group undertakes an assessment of the carrying 
amount of its exploration and evaluation assets. During the year indicators of impairment were identified on certain exploration and evaluation 
assets in accordance with AASB 6 Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources. As a result of this review, an impairment loss of $6,336,000 
(2019: $2,800,000) has been recognised in relation to areas of interest where the Directors have concluded that capitalised expenditure is unlikely 
to be recovered by sale or future exploitation.

Key judgement, estimates and assumptions: Exploration, evaluation and deferred feasibility expenditure    
Judgement is required to determine whether future economic benefits are likely, from either exploitation or sale, or whether activities have 
not reached a stage that permits a reasonable assessment of existence of reserves. In addition to these judgements, the group has to make 
certain estimates and assumptions. The determination of JORC resources is itself an estimation process that involves varying degrees of 
uncertainty depending on how the resources are classified (i.e. measured, indicated or inferred). The estimates directly impact when the 
group capitalises exploration and evaluation expenditure. The capitalisation policy requires management to make certain estimates and 
assumptions as to future events and circumstances, in particular, the assessment of whether economic quantities of reserves will be found. 
Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. 

NOTE 11: TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payables
Other payables and accruals
Total trade and other payables

(a) Recognition and measurement

2020
$’000

23,350
58,952
82,302

2019
$’000

9,436
35,490
44,926

Trade and other payables
Liabilities for trade and other payables are initially recorded at the fair value of the consideration to be paid in the future for goods and  
services received, whether or not billed to the group, and then subsequently at amortised cost. Trade payables are unsecured and are usually paid 
within 30 days of recognition. The carrying amounts of trade and other payables are assumed to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-
term nature.

Risk exposure
The group’s exposure to cash flow risk is discussed in Note 18.

108

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 12: BORROWINGS

Current
Secured bank loans 
Less: capitalised borrowing costs
Total current borrowings

2020
$’000

24,375
(900)
23,475

2019
$’000

-
-
-

(a) Secured liabilities and assets pledged as security

Secured Bank Loans
Ramelius Resources Limited entered into a Syndicated Facility Agreement (SFA) with the Commonwealth Bank of Australia, BNP Paribas, and the 
National Australia Bank. The SFA and associated documents provide for the provision of working capital and performance bond facilities totalling 
$35,000,000. The facility has been established to provide financial support for working capital purposes but also for any corporate asset acquisitions 
that the Company may undertake at a future date. The SFA has been structured such that the quantum available could be increased subject to the 
approval of the syndicate members including the completion of satisfactory due diligence on the company or asset in questions. 

The group has granted a security interest over all of its assets in favour of CBA Corporate Services (NSW) Pty Ltd as security trustee. As at the 
date of this report the assets of Spectrum Metals Limited, Red Dirt Mining Pty Limited, and Zebra Minerals Pty Limited were not included in this 
security arrangement.

A total of $32,500,000 was drawn on the SFA in March 2020 to provide the Company with additional working capital, should it be needed, during 
the global COVID-19 pandemic. The bank loan under the SFA is repayable in full before 30 June 2021.

The carrying amounts of the financial and non-financial assets pledged as security for the secured borrowings are disclosed in Note 29.

(b) Compliance with loan covenants
Ramelius Resources Limited has complied with the financial and non-financial covenants of the SFA during the 2020 reporting period.

(c) Fair value
For the secured bank loans under the SFA, the fair values are not materially different from their carrying amounts, since the interest payable on  
the secured bank loan is close to current market rates and the secured bank loan is of a short term nature.

(d) Risk exposures
Details of the group’s exposure to risks arising from borrowings are set out in Note 18.

109

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 13: LEASE LIABILITIES

Current
Current
Non-current
Total lease liability 

Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the movements during the year:

As at 1 July 2019
Additions
Interest expense (note 2(c))
Payments
As at 30 June 2020

Maturity analysis:
 Year 1
 Year 2
 Year 3
 Year 4
Gross lease liability
Less future interest charges
Total lease liability

2019
$’000

-
-
-

2020
$’000

16,643
13,846
30,489

2020
$’000

21,256
23,961
1,009
(15,737)
30,489

17,431
8,064
4,269
2,057
31,821
(1,332)
30,489

(a)  First time adoption of AASB 16 Leases
The group has adopted AASB 16 Leases (AASB 16) for the first time as of 1 July 2019. The nature and effect of the changes as a result of the 
adoption of AASB 16 are described below. 

Overview
AASB 16 supersedes AASB 117 Leases, Interpretation 4 Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease, Interpretation 115 Operating Leases 
- Incentives and Interpretation 127 Evaluating the Substance of Transactions Involving the Legal Form of a Lease. AASB 16 sets out the principles for the 
recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases and requires lessees to recognise most leases on the balance sheet under a single 
on-balance sheet model.

Impact on the group
The leases recognised by the group under AASB 16 predominantly relate to mining equipment utilised under mining services contracts and power 
infrastructure utilised under power supply contracts. The group does not have any sub-leases.

Before the adoption of AASB 16, the group classified each of its leases (as lessee) at inception as either a finance lease or operating lease. As at  
30 June 2019 the group had no finance leases. Refer to below for the accounting policy prior to 1 July 2019.

The group adopted AASB 16 using the modified retrospective approach, with the date of initial application of 1 July 2019. Under this method, the 
standard has been applied retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognised as an adjustment to the opening 
balance of retained earnings at the date of initial application and comparatives have not been restated. The group has applied the new definition of 
a lease to all contracts still effective at the date of initial application.

Upon adoption of AASB 16, the group applied a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases except for short-term leases and leases 
of low-value assets. Refer below for the accounting policy beginning 1 July 2019. 

110

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 13: LEASE LIABILITIES (continued)

Leases previously accounted for as operating leases or operating expenses
All the group’s existing leases were operating leases. Some mining services and other service contracts, which were previously expensed to the 
income statement as operating expenses, are now determined to be leases based on the AASB 16 definition of a lease. 

The group recognised right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for those leases previously classified as operating leases and service contracts that meet 
the new definition of a lease, except for short-term leases with lease terms that end within 12 months of the date of initial application and leases of 
low-value assets. 

The right-of-use assets for all leases were recognised based on the amount equal to the lease liabilities, or, as if AASB 16 had been applied from the 
commencement of the lease. The determination as to how to measure the lease asset is made on a lease by lease basis. No adjustments  
were needed for any previously recognised prepaid or accrued lease expenses as there were none. Lease liabilities were recognised based on  
the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the incremental borrowing rate at the date of initial application. 

The group also applied the available practical expedients wherein it: 

•  Applied a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics. 

•  Applied the short-term leases exemptions to leases with lease terms that end within 12 months of the date of initial application. 

•  Used hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contained options to extend or terminate the lease.

As per AASB 16 the comparative information has not been restated for the impact of the application of AASB 16.

Impact of adoption
The effect (increase/(decrease)) of adopting AASB 16 as at 1 July 2019 is set out below:

Impact on Balance Sheet:

Assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Total assets

Liabilities
Lease liabilities
  Current
  Non-current
Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Retained earnings
Total Equity

As at 1 July 2019:

1 July 2019
$’000

20,262
298
20,560

10,614
10,642
21,256

(696)

(696)
(696)

•  Right-of-use assets were recognised and presented as part of Property, plant and equipment. 

• 

• 

Initial lease liabilities were recognised and presented separately in the balance sheet, showing the current and non-current commitments.

 Additional deferred tax assets were recognised because of the deferred tax impact of the changes in recognised lease-related assets  
and liabilities.

111

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 13: LEASE LIABILITIES (continued)
Reconciliation of operating lease commitments as at 30 June 2019
The lease liabilities as at 1 July 2019 can be reconciled to the operating lease commitments as at 30 June 2019 as follows:

Lease liabilities recognised on transition:

Operating lease commitments disclosed at 30 June 2019
Add: Service contracts1
Add: Adjustments for future rate increases2
Less: Present value discounting of lease liabilities3
Less: Short term leases4
Less: Low value leases4
Lease liabilities recognised on transition

1 July 2019
$’000

1,343
20,243
18
(42)
(253)
(53)
21,256

1.  Mining contracts previously expensed as incurred are included as the contracts contain the use of assets that meet the AASB 16 definition of a lease.

2.  As per the measurement requirements of AASB 16, the lease liabilities are measured taking into account adjustments for future rate increases.

3. 

4. 

Lease liabilities were discounted using a weighted average discount rate of 3.61% per annum. 

 As permitted by AASB 16, the group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities relating to short-term leases and leases for  
which the underlying assets are of low value. 

Right-of-use assets
The group has lease contracts for various items of mining equipment, power infrastructure, motor vehicles and buildings used in its operations. 
These leases generally have lease terms between two and five years. The group’s obligations under its leases are secured by the lessor’s title to the 
leased assets. Generally, the group is restricted from assigning and subleasing the leased assets.

The group also has certain leases of assets with lease terms of 12 months or less and leases of storage containers and equipment for which the 
assets are of low value. The group applies the short-term lease and lease of low-value assets recognition exemptions for these leases.

Set out below are the carrying amounts of right-of-use assets recognised and the movements during the period (as shown in property, plant  
and equipment):

2020

As at 1 July 2019 
Additions
Depreciation charge
As at 30 June 2020

Land and 
buildings
$’000

Plant and 
equipment
$’000

428
-
(151)
277

19,654
23,708
(14,229)
29,133

Vehicles
$’000

  180 
253
(144)
289

Total
$’000

20,262 
23,961
(14,524)
29,699

Impact on the income statement

The following amounts are recognised in the income statement:

Impact on income statement

Note

30 June 2020
$’000

The application of AASB 16 has resulted in the following amounts being recorded in the 
income statement for the year ended 30 June 2020:
 Depreciation of right-of-use asset
 Interest expense
 Income tax expense
Total amount recorded in the income statement resulting from AASB 16

8
2(c)
3

14,524
1,009
61
15,594

Payments of $6,180,000 for short term leases (lease term of 12 months or less) and payments of $75,000 for leases of low value assets were 
expensed in the income statement for the year ended 30 June 2020.

112

Ramelius Resources 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 13: LEASE LIABILITIES (continued)

(b) Accounting policy - Leases

Accounting policy applicable prior to 1 July 2019
The determination of whether a contract is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the contract at the date of inception. The contract  
is assessed to determine whether fulfilment is dependent on the use of a specific asset (or assets) and the contract conveys a right to use the asset 
(or assets), even if that asset is (or those assets) are not explicitly specified in the contract. The group is not a lessor in any transactions, it  
is only a lessee. 

Operating lease payments are recognised as an operating expense in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income on a straight-
line basis over the lease term.

Accounting policy applicable from 1 July 2019 
When a contract is entered into the group assesses whether the contract contains a lease. A lease arises when the group has the right to direct 
the use of an identified asset which is not substitutable and to obtain substantially all economic benefits from the use of the assets throughout the 
period of use. The group separates the lease and non-lease components of the contract and accounts for these separately.

The group applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets.  
The group recognises lease liabilities to make lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets. 

Right-of-use assets 
The group recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date when the underlying asset is available for use). Right-
of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. 
The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before 
the commencement date plus any make-good obligations. 

Right-of-use assets are depreciated using the straight-line method over the shorter of their useful life and the lease term as follows: 

•  Mining equipment   

  2 to 5 years 

•  Motor vehicles 

  2 to 5 years

•  Buildings  

  3 years 

Periodic adjustments are made for any re-measurement of the lease liabilities and for impairment losses, assessed in accordance with 
the group’s impairment policies. 

Lease liabilities 
Lease liabilities are initially measured as the present value of future minimum lease payments, discounted using the group’s incremental borrowing 
rate if the rate explicit in the lease cannot be readily measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate over the lease term. Minimum 
lease payments are fixed payments or index-based variable payments incorporating the group’s expectations of extension options and do not 
include non-lease component of a contract. Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expenses in the 
period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs. 

The lease liability is remeasured when there are changes in the future lease payments arising from a change in rates, index, or lease terms from 
exercising an extension or termination options. A corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the lease assets, with any excess 
recognised in the income statement.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets 
The group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases (i.e., those leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less 
from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). It also applies the lease of low-value assets recognition exemption to leases 
of plant and equipment that are of low value. Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as expense as 
they are incurred.

113

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 13: LEASE LIABILITIES (continued)

Key judgements, estimates and assumptions: Leases    

Identification of non-lease components
In addition to containing a lease, the group’s mining services contracts involves the provision of additional services, including personnel 
cost, low value materials, drilling, hauling related activities and other items. These are non-lease components and the group has elected to 
separate these from the lease components. 

Judgement is required to identify each of the lease and non-lease components. The consideration in the contract is then allocated between 
the lease and non-lease components on a relative stand-alone price basis. This requires the group to estimate stand-alone prices for each 
lease and non-lease component based on quoted prices within the contract.

Identifying in-substance fixed rates versus variable lease payments
The lease payments used to calculate the lease-related balances under AASB 16 include fixed payments, in-substance fixed payments and 
variable payments based on an index or rate. Variable payments not based on an index or rate are excluded from the measurement of 
lease liabilities and related assets. 

For the group’s mining services contracts, in addition to the fixed payments, there are payments that are variable payments because the 
contract terms require payment based on a rate per hour. In terms of AASB 16, the group uses judgement to determine that no minimum 
hours or volumes within the contract are a fixed minimum that results in an amount payable that is unavoidable. 

Therefore, the group has had to apply judgement to determine that there are no in-substance fixed payments included in the lease 
payments used to calculate the lease-related balances. Payments identified as variable not based on an index or rate, are excluded from 
recognition and measurement of the lease-related balances.

Estimating the incremental borrowing rate 
The group cannot readily determine the interest rate implicit in its leases. Therefore, it uses the relevant incremental borrowing rate (IBR) 
to measure lease liabilities. The IBR is the rate of interest that the group would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, and with a 
similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment. The 
IBR, therefore, reflects what the group would have to pay, which requires estimation when no observable rates are available and to make 
adjustments to reflect the terms and conditions of the lease. The group estimates the IBR using observable inputs (such as market interest 
rates) when available and considered certain contract and entity-specific judgements estimates (such as the lease term and credit rating). 
The IBR range used by the group was between 3.14% and 3.61%.

114

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 14: CONTINGENT CONSIDERATION

Current
Edna May contingent consideration

Non-current
Edna May contingent consideration
Total contingent consideration

Movements
Balance as at 1 July 2019
Unwinding of discount rate
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
Total contingent consideration

2019
$’000

-

12,121
12,121

2020
$’000

6,261

6,923
13,184

Contingent 
consideration
$’000

12,121
1,236
(173)
13,184

Note

2(c)
1(b)

Significant estimate: Contingent consideration    
The purchase consideration for Edna May included contingent consideration of:

• 

• 

 $20,000,000 in cash or Ramelius shares, or a combination of both, at Ramelius’ sole election, upon a Board approved  
decision-to-mine the Edna May Stage 3 open pit; and

 Royalty payments of up to a maximum of $30,000,000 payable at $60/oz from gold production over 200,000 ounces  
(or up to $50,000,000 payable at $100/oz if the Edna May Stage 3 open pit decision-to-mine is not Board approved).

The potential undiscounted amount payable under the agreement is between $0 and $50,000,000. 

The fair value of the contingent consideration has been revalued at 30 June 2020 which resulted in a reduction of the contingent 
consideration of $173,000 which has been recorded in the income statement. 

115

Annual Report 2020 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 15: PROVISIONS

Current
Employee benefits
Rehabilitation and restoration costs
Total current provisions

Non-current
Employee benefits
Rehabilitation and restoration costs
Total non-current provisions

Rehabilitation and restoration costs
Opening book amount
Revision of provision during the year
Expenditure on rehabilitation and restoration
Discount unwind
Total provision for rehabilitation and restoration

Rehabilitation and restoration costs
Current
Non-current
Total provision for rehabilitation and restoration

Note

9

2

2020
$’000

6,804
2,415
9,219

418
38,302
38,720

46,371
(4,753)
(1,540)
639
40,717

2,415
38,302
40,717

2019
$’000

6,089
763
6,852

379
45,608
45,987

42,489
3,150
(209)
941
46,371

763
45,608
46,371

(a) Revision of rehabilitation and restoration provision
Represents amendments to future restoration and rehabilitation liabilities resulting from changes to the approved mine plan in the financial 
year, initial recognition of new rehabilitation provisions as well as a change in provision assumptions. Key provision assumption changes include 
reassessment of costs and timing of expenditure.

(b) Recognition and measurement

Provisions 
Provisions are recognised when the group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an  
outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount  
of the obligation.

Employee Benefits - Wages, salaries, salary at risk, annual leave and sick leave
Liabilities arising in respect of wages and salaries, bonuses, annual leave and any other employee benefits expected to be wholly settled within 
12 months of the reporting date are measured at their nominal amounts based on remuneration rates which are expected to be paid when the 
liabilities are settled. These amounts are recognised in ‘trade and other payables’ (for amounts other than annual leave and bonuses) and ‘current 
provisions’ (for annual leave and bonuses) in respect of employee services up to the reporting date. Costs incurred in relation to  
non-accumulating sick leave are recognised when the leave is taken and are measured at the rate paid or payable.

116

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 15: PROVISIONS (continued)
Long service leave
The liability for long service leave is measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made by the group resulting from 
employees’ services provided up to the reporting date. Liability for long service leave benefits not expected to be settled within 12 months are 
discounted using the rates attaching to high quality corporate bonds at the reporting date, which most closely match the terms of maturity of the 
related liability. In determining the liability for these long-term employee benefits, consideration has been given to expected future increases in wage 
and salary rates, the group’s experience with staff departures and periods of service. Related on-costs have also been included in the liability.

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for at 
least 12 months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur.

Defined contribution superannuation plans
Contributions to defined contribution superannuation plans are expensed when incurred. 

Provision for restoration and rehabilitation 
Estimated costs of decommissioning and removing an asset and restoring the site are included in the cost of the asset as at the date the obligation 
first arises and to the extent that it is first recognised as a provision. The group records the present value of the estimated cost of constructive and 
legal obligations to restore operating locations in the period in which the obligation is incurred. The nature of decommissioning activities includes 
dismantling and removing structures, rehabilitating mine sites, dismantling operating facilities, closure of plant and waste sites and restoration, 
reclamation and revegetation of affected areas.

Typically, the obligation arises when the asset is installed, or the environment is disturbed at the development location. When the liability is initially 
recorded, the present value of the estimated cost is capitalised by increasing the carrying amount of the related mining assets. Over time, the 
discounted liability is increased for the change in the present value based on the discount rates that reflect the current market assessments and 
the risks specific to the liability. Additional disturbances or changes in decommissioning costs will be recognised as additions or changes to the 
corresponding asset and rehabilitation liability when incurred.

The unwind effect of discounting the provision is recorded as a finance cost in the Income Statement and the carrying amount capitalised as a part 
of mining assets is amortised on a unit-of-production basis. Costs incurred that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations, but do not 
have future economic benefits, are expensed as incurred.

Key judgement, estimates and assumptions: Provision for restoration and rehabilitation    
The group assesses its mine restoration and rehabilitation provision bi-annually in accordance with the accounting policy. Significant 
judgement is required in determining the provision for restoration and rehabilitation as there are many transactions and other factors 
that will affect the ultimate liability payable to rehabilitate and restore the mine sites. The estimate of future costs therefore requires 
management to make assessment of the future restoration and rehabilitation date, future environmental legislation, changes in regulations, 
price increases, changes in discount rates, the extent of restoration activities and future removal and rehabilitation technologies. When 
these factors change or become known in the future, such differences will impact the restoration and rehabilitation provision in the period 
in which they change or become known. At each reporting date the rehabilitation and restoration provision is remeasured to reflect any of 
these changes.

Key judgement, estimates and assumptions: Long service leave     
Management judgement is required in determining the following key assumptions used in the calculation of long service leave at  
balance sheet date:

-  Future increase in salaries and wages;
-  Future on cost rates; and
-  Future probability of employee departures and period of service.

117

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 16: SHARE CAPITAL 

Ordinary shares
Share capital at 30 June 2018

Shares issued as part of the acquisition of Explaurum1 
Shares issued from exercise of performance rights
Shares issued from exercise of options
Transfer from share based payments reserve
At 30 June 2019

Shares issued as part of the acquisition of Spectrum1 
Shares issued from exercise of performance rights
Shares issued from exercise of options
Transfer from share based payments reserve
At 30 June 2020

Note

Number of shares

$’000

528,509,008

127,778,619
85,342
1,500,000
-
657,872,969

145,203,969
1,377,522
1,500,000
-
805,954,460

149,568

64,232
28
300
90
214,218

155,523
598
300
142
370,781

20

1. Represents the value of shares at the date of issue. Refer to Note 17 for details on the NCI reserve.

(a) Recognition and measurement

Share capital
Ordinary share capital is classified as equity and is recognised at fair value of the consideration received by the group. Any transaction costs arising 
on the issue of ordinary shares and the associated tax are recognised directly in equity as a reduction of the share proceeds received.

Ordinary shares
Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at shareholders’ 
meetings other than voting exclusions as required by the Corporations Act 2001. In the event of winding up of the Company, ordinary shareholders 
rank after all creditors and are fully entitled to any proceeds of liquidation.

Options over shares
Refer Note 26 for further information on options, including details of any options issued, exercised and lapsed during the financial year and options 
over shares outstanding at financial year end.

Rights over shares
Refer Note 26 for further information on rights, including details of any rights issued, exercised and lapsed during the financial year and rights  
over shares outstanding at financial year end.

118

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key numbers (continued)

NOTE 17: RESERVES 

Share-based payments reserve
Financial assets at FVOCI
Other
NCI acquisition reserve
Foreign currency translation reserve

Total reserves

2020
$’000

3,422
(317)
634
(38,395)
(51)

(34,707)

2019
$’000

2,032
(383)
634
(9,926)
(31)

(7,674)

Share-based payment reserve
Share-based payments reserve records items recognised as expenses on valuation of employees share options and rights.

Financial assets at FVOCI
The group has elected to recognise changes in the fair value of certain investments in equity securities in OCI. These changes are accumulated 
within the FVOCI reserve within equity. The group transfers amounts from this reserve to retained earnings when the relevant equity securities are 
derecognised.

Non-Controlling Interest (NCI) acquisition reserve
The NCI acquisition reserve represents the incremental increase in the Ramelius share price on the acquisition of non-controlling interest post the 
date control was obtained. This reserve relates to the acquisition of Spectrum Metals Limited and Explaurum Limited.

Foreign currency translation reserve
Foreign currency translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange difference arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign 
operations where their functional currency is different to the presentation currency of the reporting entity.

Risk 

NOTE 18: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT 
The Directors are responsible for monitoring and managing financial risk exposures of the group. The group holds the following financial assets and 
liabilities:

Financial assets
Cash at bank
Term deposits
Trade and other receivables
Secured term deposits with financial institutions
Other security bonds and deposits
Financial assets at FVOCI
Total financial assets

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Lease Liabilities
Borrowings
Total financial liabilities

2020
$’000

125,670
40,000
3,234
3,370
503
624
173,401

82,302
30,489
23,475
136,266

2019
$’000

40,815
55,000
6,774
7,500
488
101
110,678

44,926
-
-
44,926

119

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Risk (continued)

NOTE 18: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued) 

(a) Recognition and measurement

Initial recognition and measurement
Financial instruments are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs except where the instrument is classified ‘at fair value through profit 
or loss’ in which case transaction costs are expensed immediately.

(b) Classification and subsequent measurement
Financial instruments are subsequently measured at fair value, amortised cost using the effective interest rate method or at cost. Fair value 
represents the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants 
at the measurement date. Quoted prices in an active market are used to determine fair value where possible. The group does not designate any 
interest in subsidiaries, associates or joint venture entities as being subject to the requirements of accounting standards specifically applicable to 
financial instruments.

Amortised Cost
Amortised cost amounts are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Financial liabilities
Non-derivative financial liabilities (excluding financial guarantees) are subsequently measured at amortised cost.

Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)
FVOCI financial assets include any financial assets not included in the above categories. 

(c) Fair value
Fair value is determined based on current bid prices for all quoted investments. Valuation techniques are applied to determine the fair value for all 
unlisted securities, including recent arm’s length transactions, reference to similar instruments and option pricing models.

(d) Expected loss
At each reporting date, the group assesses whether there is objective evidence that a financial instrument has been impaired. If there is objective 
evidence of impairment, the cumulative loss - measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any 
impairment loss on that financial asset previously not recognised in the profit or loss - is removed from equity and recognised in profit or loss.

Management of financial risk
The group’s management of financial risk is aimed at ensuring cash flows are sufficient to:

•  Withstand significant changes in cash flow at risk scenarios and meet all financial commitments as and when they fall due; and

•  Maintain the capacity to fund future project development, exploration and acquisition strategies.

The group continually monitors and tests its forecast financial position against these criteria.

The group is exposed to the following financial risks: liquidity risk, credit risk and market risk (including foreign exchange risk, commodity price risk 
and interest rate risk). 

(a) Liquidity risk
The group manages liquidity risk by monitoring immediate and forecasted cash requirements and ensures adequate cash reserves are maintained to 
pay debts as and when due.

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities and the availability of funding through an adequate 
amount of committed credit facilities to meet obligations when due. At the end of the financial year the group held short term on demand cash 
balances of $125,670,000 (2019: $40,815,000) that is available for managing liquidity risk. In addition to this short term deposits at call totalled 
$40,000,000 (2019: $55,000,000). During the year the group established a credit facility to reduce liquidity risk, this facility was fully drawn on during 
the financial year. At the end of the financial year the group did not have access to any undrawn borrowing facilities.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the group’s available cash reserve on the basis of expected cash flows to manage any potential future 
liquidity risks.

120

Ramelius Resources 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Risk (continued)

NOTE 18: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued) 

(i) Maturities of financial liabilities
The tables below analyse the group’s financial liabilities into relevant groupings based on their contractual maturities. The amounts disclosed in  
the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying balances as the impact of discounting  
is not significant.

Maturities of financial liabilities 

Less than 6 
months
$’000

6 – 12 
months
$’000

Between  
1 and 2 years
$’000

Between  
2 and 5 years
$’000

As at 30 June 2020
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Contingent consideration
Total non-derivatives

As at 30 June 2019
Trade and other payables 
Contingent consideration
Total non-derivatives

72,412 
16,250 
9,238 
1,964 
99,864 

44,926 
-
44,926 

9,890 
8,125 
7,404 
4,298 
29,717 

-
7,855 
7,855 

- 
-
7,711
6,025
13,736 

-
6,110
6,110 

-
-
6,136 
2,118
8,254 

-
722 
722 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows
$’000

Carrying 
amount of 
liabilities
$’000

82,302
24,375
30,489
14,405
151,571 

82,302 
23,475 
30,489 
13,184 
149,450 

44,926
14,687 
59,613 

44,926
12,121 
57,047 

(b)  Credit risk exposures
Credit risk represents the loss that would be recognised if counterparties failed to perform as contracted. The credit risk on financial assets  
of the entity which have been recognised in the Balance Sheet is the carrying amount, net of any provision for doubtful debts. Credit risk is 
managed through the consideration of credit worthiness of customers and counterparties. This ensures to the extent possible, that customers  
and counterparties to transactions are able to pay their obligations when due and payable. Such monitoring is used in assessing impairment.

(i) Past due but not impaired 
As at 30 June 2020 there were no receivables past due but not impaired (2019: NIL).

(ii) Impaired trade receivables 
Individual receivables which are known to be uncollectable are written off by reducing the carrying amount directly. The other receivables are 
assessed to determine whether there is objective evidence that an impairment has been incurred but not yet identified. For these receivables, the 
estimated impairment losses are recognised in a separate provision for impairment. The group considers that there is evidence of impairment if any 
of the following indicators are present:

•  significant financial difficulties of the debtor,

•  probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and

•  default or delinquency in payments (past due).

Receivables for which an impairment provision was recognised are written off against the provision when there is no expectation of recovering 
additional cash. Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss within other expenses. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off 
are credited against other expenses.

(c) Market risk
i. Foreign currency risk 
The group undertakes transactions impacted by foreign currencies; hence exposures to exchange rate fluctuations arise. The majority of the 
group’s revenue is affected by movements in USD:AUD exchange rate that impacts on the Australian gold price whereas the majority of costs 
(including capital expenditure) are in Australian dollars. The group considers the effects of foreign currency risk on its financial position and financial 
performance and assesses its option to hedge based on current economic conditions and available market data.

121

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Risk (continued)

NOTE 18: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued) 

ii. Commodity price risk 
The group’s revenue is exposed to commodity price fluctuations, in particular to gold prices. Price risk relates to the risk that the fair value of future 
cash flows of gold sales will fluctuate because of changes in market prices largely due to demand and supply factors for commodities and gold price 
commodity speculation. The group is exposed to commodity price risk due to the sale of gold on physical delivery at prices determined by markets 
at the time of sale. The group manages commodity price risk as follows:

Forward sales contracts
Gold price risk is managed through the use of forward sales contracts which effectively fix the Australian Dollar gold price and thus provide  
cash flow certainty. These contracts are accounted for as sale contracts with revenue recognised once gold has been physically delivered into the 
contract. The physical gold delivery contracts are considered a contract to sell a non-financial item and therefore do not fall within the scope of 
AASB 9 Financial Instruments. At 30 June 2020, the group had 247,350 ounces in forward sales contracts at an average price of A$2,135.  
Refer to Note 23 for further details.

Put options
Gold price risk may be managed with the use of hedging strategies through the purchase of gold put options to establish gold ’floor prices’ in 
Australian dollars over the group’s gold production; however, this is generally at levels lower than current market prices. These put options enable 
Ramelius to retain full exposure to current, and any future rises in the gold price while providing protection to a fall in the gold price below the 
strike price. Gold put options are marked to market at fair value through the income statement.

Gold prices, cash flows and economic conditions are constantly monitored to determine whether to implement a hedging program. 

(d) Gold price sensitivity analysis
The group has performed a sensitivity analysis relating to its exposure to gold price risk at reporting date. This sensitivity analysis demonstrates the 
effect on the current year results and equity. 

Based on gold sales of 67,410oz (228,210 oz less forward sales of 160,800oz) in 2020 and 39,102oz (200,352oz less forward sales of 161,250oz) 
in 2019, if gold price in Australian dollars had changed by + / - A$100, with all other variables remaining constant, the estimated realised impact on 
pre-tax profit (loss) and equity would have been as follows:

Impact on pre-tax profit
Increase in gold price by A$100
Decrease in gold price by A$100

Impact on equity
Increase in gold price by A$100
Decrease in gold price by A$100

2020
$’000

6,741
(6,741)

6,741
(6,741)

2019
$’000

3,910
(3,910)

3,910
(3,910)

(e) Fair value measurement
The financial assets and liabilities of the group are recognised on the balance sheet at their fair value in accordance with the group’s accounting 
policies. Measurement of fair value is grouped into levels based on the degree to which fair value is observable in accordance with AASB 7 Financial 
Instruments: Disclosure.

- 

- 

- 

 Level 1 - fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 Level 2 - fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for 
the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices).

 Level 3 - fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based 
on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

122

Ramelius Resources 
 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Risk (continued)

NOTE 18: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued) 

(f) Fair value measurement of financial instruments
Derivative financial assets are measured at fair value using valuation techniques which maximise the use of observable market data and rely as little 
as possible on entity specific estimates. The valuations would be recognised as a Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy as they have been derived using 
inputs from a variety of market data. Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value using the closing price on the reporting date as 
listed on the Australian Securities Exchange Limited (ASX). Available for sale financial assets are recognised as a Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy as 
defined under AASB 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures. The carrying amounts of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate their 
fair values due to their short-term nature. 

NOTE 19: CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT

(a) Risk management
The group’s objectives when managing capital are to:

• 

 Safeguard their ability to continue as a going concern, so that they can continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other 
stakeholders, and

•  Maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders, or issue new shares. 

Loan covenants
Under the terms of the SFA the group is required to comply with financial and non-financial covenants. The group has complied with these 
covenants throughout the financial year.

(b) Dividends

Ordinary shares
Final ordinary dividend for the 2019 financial year of 1 cent (2018: nil) per fully paid share  
paid on 4 October 2019
Total dividends paid

Franked dividends
Franking credits available for subsequent reporting periods based on a tax rate of 30%  
(2019 – 30%)

2020
$’000

6,579

6,579

2019
$’000

-

-

41,486

21,826

The above represents the balance of the franking account as at the end of the reporting period, adjusted for:

-  Franking credits / debits that will arise from payment of any current tax liability / current tax asset, and

-  Franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the reporting date.

123

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Group structure

NOTE 20: ASSET ACQUISITIONS

(a) Penny Gold Project (Spectrum Metals Limited)
The Penny Gold Project was the primary asset of Spectrum Metals Limited (Spectrum), which was acquired by Ramelius during the year.  
The Penny Gold Project is located 130km south-east of Ramelius’ Mt Magnet mining and processing operations and approximately 500km  
north-east of Perth in Western Australia. The Penny Gold Project currently has a Mineral Resource of 300,000 ounces and an Ore Reserve of 
230,000 ounces (refer to ASX Announcement dated 30 June 2020 ‘Ramelius Extends Life of Mine Plan by 34% to 1.45Moz’ for full details).

On 10 February 2020 Ramelius announced an off-market takeover offer for Spectrum Metals Limited. Under the offer Spectrum shareholders received 
one (1) Ramelius share for every ten (10) Spectrum shares held and cash consideration of A$0.017 for each Spectrum share held. On the same day, the 
Spectrum Board unanimously recommended that Spectrum shareholders accept the Ramelius offer in the absence of a superior proposal.

Control was attained on 17 March 2020 with Ramelius holding a relevant intertest in Spectrum of 50.50%, or 727,402,825 Spectrum shares. 
Ramelius obtained 100% control on 23 June 2020.

A total of $28,872,000 million cash consideration (net of cash acquired) was paid along with 145,203,969 Ramelius shares issued to Spectrum share 
and option holders as part of the offer. Acquisition costs totalled $11,711,000 million which includes stamp duty on the transaction.

The group has determined that the transaction does not constitute a business combination in accordance with AASB 3 Business Combinations. 
The acquisition of the net assets meets the definition of, and has been accounted for, as an asset acquisition. When an asset acquisition does not 
constitute a business combination, the assets and liabilities are assigned a carrying amount based on their relative fair values in an asset purchase 
transaction and no deferred tax will arise in relation to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities as the initial recognition exemption for deferred 
tax under AASB 112 Income Taxes is applied. No goodwill arises on the acquisition and transactions costs of the acquisition are included in the 
capitalised cost of the asset. 

Details of the purchase consideration and the net assets acquired are as follows:

Purchase consideration:
Cash paid
Revaluation of on market acquisitions
Ordinary shares issued (145,203,969) 
NCI reserve
Acquisition costs
Total purchase consideration

$’000

31,433
608
155,523
(28,469)
11,711
170,806

The fair value of the shares issued to gain control of Spectrum Metals Limited was based on the Ramelius share price on 17 March 2020 (the date 
on which control was obtained) of $0.875 per share. The fair value of the shares issued post control being obtained was the share price at the date 
the shares were issued. The difference between this share price and that at the date of control has been recorded in the NCI acquisition reserve 
(see Note 17).

Net assets acquired:
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Plant and equipment
Exploration and evaluation assets
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Net identifiable assets acquired

Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired:
Cash consideration, net of receipts
Acquisition costs
Less: acquisition costs provided for but not paid
Less: cash balance acquired
Net outflow of cash – investing activities

124

$’000

2,562
132
365
168,515
(735)
(33)
170,806

31,433
11,711
(9,890)
(2,562)
30,692

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Group structure (continued)

NOTE 20: ASSET ACQUISITIONS (continued)

(b) Tampia Hill Gold Project (Explaurum Limited)
On 4 April 2019, the company completed the acquisition of Explaurum Limited and its subsidiaries. The total purchase consideration was 
$67,671,000 comprising cash paid of $8,472,000, shares issued (net of NCI reserve) of $54,306,000, and acquisitions related costs of $4,893,000. 
The group determined that the transaction did not constitute a business combination in accordance with AASB 3 Business Combinations.  
The acquisition of net assets meets the definition of, and has been accounted for, as an asset acquisition.

Details of the acquisition were disclosed in Note 17 of the group’s annual financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2019.

(c) Marda Gold Project (Black Oak Minerals Limited)
On 13 February 2019, the group completed the acquisition of the Marda Gold Project (Black Oak Minerals Limited). The total purchase 
consideration was $13,901,000 comprising cash paid of $13,000,000, and acquisitions related costs of $901,000. The group determined that the 
transaction did not constitute a business combination in accordance with AASB 3 Business Combinations. The acquisition of net assets meets the 
definition of, and has been accounted for, as an asset acquisition.

Details of the acquisition were disclosed in Note 17 of the group’s annual financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2019.

NOTE 21: INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES
Controlled entities
The group’s principal subsidiaries at 30 June 2020 are set out below. Unless otherwise stated, they have share capital consisting solely of ordinary 
shares that are held directly by the group, and the proportion of ownership interests held equals the voting rights held by the group. The country 
of incorporation or registration is also their principal place of business.

Name of Entity

Parent entity
Ramelius Resources Limited

Subsidiaries of Ramelius Resources Limited
Mt Magnet Gold Pty Limited 
RMSXG Pty Limited
Ramelius USA Corporation
Ramelius Operations Pty Limited
Explaurum Limited

Subsidiaries of Mt Magnet Gold Pty Limited
Spectrum Metals Limited

Subsidiaries of Spectrum Metals Limited
Zebra Minerals Pty Limited
Red Dirt Mining Pty Limited

Subsidiaries of Ramelius Operations Pty Limited
Edna May Operations Pty Limited
Marda Operations Pty Limited

Subsidiaries of Explaurum Limited
Explaurum Operations Pty Limited
Ninghan Exploration Pty Limited

Country of 
incorporation

Functional 
currency

Percentage owned
2020
%

Percentage owned
2019
%

Australia

Australian dollars

Australia
Australia
USA
Australia
Australia

Australian dollars
Australian dollars
US dollars
Australian dollars
Australian dollars

Australia

Australian dollars

Australia
Australia

Australia
Australia

Australia
Australia

Australian dollars
Australian dollars

Australian dollars
Australian dollars

Australian dollars
Australian dollars

n/a

100
100
100
100
100

100

100
100

100
100

100
100

n/a

100
100
100
100
100

-

-
-

100
100

100
100

The parent entity and all subsidiaries of Ramelius, except for Ramelius USA Corporation and Spectrum Metals Limited (including all of its 
subsidiaries), form part of the closed group detailed at Note 30. Spectrum Metals Limited (and all of its subsidiaries) will join the closed group in the 
2021 financial year.

125

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Group structure (continued)

NOTE 21: INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES (continued)
Joint operations
The group has the following direct interests in unincorporated joint operations at 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019:

Joint operation project

Joint operation partner

Tanami
Jumbulyer
Nulla South
Gibb Rock
Coogee Farm-out
Parker Dome
Mt Finnerty
Jupiter
Tampia Hill

Dreadnought Resources Limited
Unlisted entity
Chalice Gold Mines Limited
Chalice Gold Mines Limited
Unlisted entity
Unlisted entity
Unlisted entity
Kinetic Gold#
Tampiagold Pty Ltd and Goldoro Pty Ltd

* Ramelius is earning into the joint ventures by undertaking exploration and evaluation activities.

# Kinetic Gold is a subsidiary of Renaissance Gold Inc.

The share of assets in unincorporated joint operations is as follows:

Principal
activity

Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold

Interest (%)

2020

-
-
0%*
0%*
Diluting 90%
0%*
0%*
0%*
90%

2019

85% 
0%*
0%*
0%* 
Diluting 100%
-
-
0%*
90%

Non-current assets
Exploration and evaluation assets (Note 10)

2020
$’000

684

2019
$’000

2,490

(a) Recognition and measurement
Under AASB 11 Joint Arrangements investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures. The classification 
depends on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor, rather than the legal structure of the joint arrangement. Ramelius has 
exploration related joint arrangements which are considered joint operations. Ramelius recognises its direct right to the assets, liabilities, revenues 
and expenses of joint operations and its share of any jointly held or incurred assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These have been incorporated 
in the financial statements under the appropriate headings. 

Unrecognised items

NOTE 22: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
The Directors are of the opinion that the recognition of a provision is not required in respect of the following matters, as it is not probable that a 
future sacrifice of economic benefits will be required, or the amount is not capable of reliable measurement. 

(a) Bank guarantees
The group has negotiated a number of bank guarantees in favour of various government authorities and service providers. The total nominal 
amount of these guarantees at the reporting date is $120,145 (2019: $370,145). These bank guarantees are fully secured by cash on term deposit.

126

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Unrecognised items (continued)

NOTE 23: COMMITMENTS

(a) Gold delivery commitments
Forward sale contracts are accounted for as sale contracts with revenue recognised once gold has been physically delivered. The physical gold 
delivery contracts are considered own use contracts and therefore do not fall within the scope of AASB 9 Financial Instruments: Recognition and 
Measurement. As a result, no derivatives are required to be recognised. Forward gold sale contract delivery commitments are shown below: 

Gold delivery commitments

As at 30 June 2020
Within one year
Between one and five years
Total 

As at 30 June 2019
Within one year
Between one and five years
Total 

(b) Capital expenditure commitments

Capital expenditure contracted but not provided for in the financial statements:
Within one year
Total capital expenditure commitments

(c) Operating lease commitments

Future minimum rentals payable on non-cancellable operating leases due:
Within one year
Between one and five years
Total operating lease commitments

Gold for 
physical 
delivery
Oz

125,850
121,500
247,350

138,800
102,100
240,900

Contracted 
sales price 
A$/oz

Committed 
gold sales 
value
$’000

$2,046
$2,227
$2,135

$1,806
$1,873
$1,834

257,456
270,525
527,981

250,605
191,193
441,798

2020
$’000

3,575
3,575

2020
$’000

-
-
-

2019
$’000

1,509
1,509

2019
$’000

819
524
1,343

(d) Minimum exploration and evaluation commitments
In order to maintain current rights of tenure to exploration tenements, the group is required to perform minimum exploration work to meet 
minimum expenditure requirements. These obligations are subject to renegotiation and may be farmed out or relinquished. These obligations are 
not provided for in the financial statements.

Within one year
Between one and five years
Due later than five years
Total minimum exploration and evaluation commitments

2020
$’000

5,077
17,572
21,580
44,229

2019
$’000

5,171
17,254
22,881
45,306

127

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other information

NOTE 24: EVENTS OCCURRING AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD
No matters or circumstances have arisen since 30 June 2020 that have significantly affected, or may significantly affect:

(a)  The group’s operations in future financial years,

(b) The results of operations in future financial years, or

(c)  The group’s state of affairs in future financial years.

NOTE 25: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with related parties are on normal commercial terms and at conditions no more favourable than those available to other parties unless 
otherwise stated.

Key management personnel compensation
Short-term employee benefits1
Post-employment benefits
Other long-term benefits
Termination benefits
Share-based payments
Total key management personnel compensation

1. 

Short-term benefits as per Corporations Regulation 2M.3.03(1) Item 6.

Detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in the Remuneration Report.

(a) Subsidiaries
Interests in subsidiaries are set out in Note 21.

2020
$’000

3,321,883
148,422
45,560
-
1,014,048
4,529,913

2019
$’000

3,108,089
172,749
(64,650)
299,583
268,148
3,783,919

(b) Transactions with other related parties
There were no other transactions with related parties during the year. There were no amounts receivable from or payable to Directors and their 
related entities at reporting date.

NOTE 26: SHARE BASED PAYMENTS

(a) Options
In November 2015 3,000,000 options over the ordinary fully paid shares in Ramelius Resources Limited were issued as approved by the 
shareholders at the 2015 Annual General Meeting. 

The table set out below summarises the options granted:

2020

2019

Avg ex price  
per option

$0.20
$0.20
-
-

Number 
of options

1,500,000
(1,500,000)
-
-

Avg ex price  
per option

$0.20
$0.20
$0.20
$0.20

Number 
of options

3,000,000
(1,500,000)
1,500,000
1,500,000

As at 1 July
Options exercised
As at 30 June
Vested and exercisable at 30 June

128

Ramelius Resources 
 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other information (continued)

NOTE 26: SHARE BASED PAYMENTS (continued)
Share options outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry dates and exercise prices:

Grant date

26 November 2015
20 November 2015
Total

Expiry date

11 June 2019
11 June 2020

Exercise price

$0.20
$0.20

Weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at the end of the year

There were no options granted during the years ended 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019.

Share options
30 June 2020

Share options
30 June 2019

-
-
-

-

-
1,500,000
1,500,000

0.95 years

(b) Performance rights
Under the Performance Rights Plan, which was approved by shareholders at the 2016 Annual General Meeting, eligible employees are granted 
performance rights (each being an entitlement to an ordinary fully paid share) subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions and on the terms and 
conditions as determined by the Board. Performance rights are issued for no consideration and have a nil exercise price.

The amount of performance rights that vest depends on Ramelius’ total return to shareholders (TSR), including share price growth, dividends and 
capital returns, and ranking within a peer group. Once vested performance rights remain exercisable for a period of seven years.

Performance rights issued under the plan carry no voting or dividend rights.

The table set out below summarises the performance rights granted:

As at 1 July
Performance rights forfeited
Performance rights lapsed
Performance rights granted
Performance rights exercised
As at 30 June
Vested and exercisable at 30 June

2020
Performance rights

2019
Performance rights

10,075,033
(618,601)
-
3,684,003
(1,377,522)
11,762,913
1,224,625

6,900,914
(422,645)
(143,019)
3,825,125
(85,342)
10,075,033
1,831,778

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using a Monte Carlo Simulations pricing model that takes into account the exercise price, 
the term of the performance right, the share price at grant date, expected price volatility of the underlying share and the risk-free rate for the term 
of the performance right. The expected price volatility is based on historic volatility (based on the remaining life of the performance right). Model 
inputs for performance rights granted during the year are as follows:

Metric

Exercise price
Grant date
Life
Share price at grant date
Expected price volatility
Risk free rate

9 Oct 2019

$nil
9 Oct 2019
2.7 years
$1.39
55%
0.60%

Performance rights granted

29 Nov 2019

29 Nov 2019

$nil
29 Nov 2019
0.6 years
$1.02
54%
0.76%

$nil
29 Nov 2019
2.6 years
$1.02
54%
0.63%

129

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other information (continued)

NOTE 26: SHARE BASED PAYMENTS (continued)
Performance rights outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry date:

Grant date

23 November 2016
23 November 2016
23 November 2016
22 December 2016
1 July 2017
31 July 2017
3 October 2017
5 September 2018
29 November 2018
9 October 2019
22 November 2019
22 November 2019
Total

Expiry date

1 July 2024
1 July 2025
1 July 2026
11 June 2026
1 July 2027
1 July 2027
1 July 2027
1 July 2028
1 July 2028
1 July 2029
1 July 2027
1 July 2029

Performance rights
30 June 2020

Performance rights
30 June 2019

202,276
213,881
308,468
500,000
2,342,388
464,445
580,500
2,437,039
1,156,469
2,590,422
322,342
644,683
11,762,913

701,688
630,090
804,081
500,000
2,635,721
464,445
580,500
2,437,039
1,321,469
-
-
-
10,075,033

Weighted average remaining contractual life of performance rights outstanding  
at the end of the year

7.70 years

7.92 years

(c) Expenses arising from share-based payment transactions
Total expenses arising from share-based payment transactions recognised during the period as part of employee benefits expense were as follows:

Performance rights
Total share-based payment expense

2020
$’000

2,130
2,130

2019
$’000

651
651

(d) Recognition and measurement
The group provides benefits to employees (including the Managing Director / Chief Executive Officer) in the form of share-based compensation, 
whereby employees render services in exchange for shares or options and/or rights over shares (equity-settled transactions). 

The cost of these equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at 
which they are granted. The group issues share-based remuneration in accordance with the employee share acquisition plan, the performance rights 
plan or as approved by the Board as follows:

(i) Employee share acquisition plan
The group operates an Employee Share Acquisition Plan where employees may be issued shares and/or options. Fair value of the equity to 
which employees become entitled is measured at grant date and recognised as an employee benefits expense over the vesting period with a 
corresponding increase in equity. Fair value of shares issued is determined with reference to the latest ASX share price. Options are valued using an 
appropriate valuation technique which takes vesting conditions into account.

(ii) Performance rights plan
The group has a Performance Rights Plan where key management personnel may be provided with rights to shares in Ramelius. Fair values of rights 
issued are recognised as an employee benefits expense over the relevant service period, with a corresponding increase in equity. Fair value of rights 
are measured at effective grant date and recognised over the vesting period during which key management personnel become entitled to the rights. 
There are a number of different methodologies that are appropriate to use in valuing rights. Fair value of rights granted is measured using the most 
appropriate method in the circumstances, taking into consideration the terms and conditions upon which the rights were issued.

130

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other information (continued)

NOTE 26: SHARE BASED PAYMENTS (continued)

(iii) Other long-term incentives
The Board may at its discretion provide share rights either to recruit or as a long-term retention incentive to key executives and employees.

The fair value of options and/or rights granted is recognised as an employee benefits expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The total 
amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options and/or rights granted, which includes any market performance 
conditions and the impact of any non-vesting conditions but excludes the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions.

Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. The total expense is recognised 
over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied. At the end of each period, the 
entity revises its estimates of the number of options and/or rights that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It 
recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

Upon exercise of the rights, the balance of the Share-Based Payments Reserve relating to those rights remains in the share-based payments reserve 
until it is transferred to retained earnings.

NOTE 27: REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS
During the year the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related practices and  
non-related audit firms:

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
Audit or review of financial reports:
 - Group
Other assurance and agreed upon procedures under other legislation or contractual arrangements
Other services:
  - Other
Total remuneration of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

NOTE 28: EARNINGS PER SHARE

(a) Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company

(b) Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company

(c) Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating  
basic earnings per share
Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share:
  Share rights and options
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating 
diluted earnings per share

2020
$’000

156,175
-

-
156,175

2019
$’000

105,000
6,250

13,200
124,450

2020
cents

2019
cents

16.43

16.13

3.74

3.67

2020
Number

2019
Number

690,240,811

12,922,406

703,163,217

584,112,265

11,448,559

595,560,824

131

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other information (continued)

NOTE 28: EARNINGS PER SHARE (continued)

(d) Calculation of earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing:

- 

- 

the profit attributable to owners of the company, adjusted to exclude costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares, 

 by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares 
issued during the year. 

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in determining basic earnings per share to take into account the:

-  after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares,

- 

 weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential 
ordinary shares.

(e) Earnings used in the calculation of earnings per share
Both the basic and diluted earnings per share have been calculated using the profit after tax as the numerator.

(f) Classification of securities
All ordinary shares have been included in basic earnings per share.

(g) Classification of securities as potential ordinary shares
Rights to shares granted to executives and senior managers are included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share and assume all outstanding 
rights will vest. Rights are included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share to the extent they are dilutive. Options have been included in 
determining diluted earnings per share to the extent that they are in the money (i.e. not antidilutive). Rights and options are not included in basic 
earnings per share.

NOTE 29: ASSETS PLEDGED AS SECURITY
The carrying amounts of assets pledged as security for current borrowings are:

Current
Floating charge
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Inventories
Other assets
Total current assets pledged as security

Non-current
Floating charge
Financial assets
Property, plant and equipment
Development assets
Exploration and development assets
Total non-current assets pledged as security

Total assets pledged as security

132

2020
$’000

164,951
3,221
97,553
4,475
270,200

624
78,058
208,268
26,038
312,988

583,188

2019
$’000

-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

-

Ramelius Resources 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other information (continued)

NOTE 30: DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE
Pursuant to ASIC Instrument 2016/785, wholly-owned controlled entities Mt Magnet Gold Pty Ltd (formerly Mt Magnet Gold NL), RMSXG Pty 
Ltd, Ramelius Operations Pty Ltd, Edna May Operations Pty Ltd, Marda Operations Pty Ltd (formerly Black Oak Minerals Limited), Explaurum 
Operations Pty Ltd, and Ninghan Exploration Pty Ltd are relieved from the Corporations Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit and 
lodgement of its financial reports and Directors’ Report.

It is a condition of the Class Order that the Company and each of its eligible controlled entities enter into a Deed of Cross Guarantee.  
In December 2011, Ramelius Resources Limited, RMSXG Pty Ltd and Mt Magnet Gold Pty Ltd (the Closed group) entered into a Deed of Cross 
Guarantee. In March 2018 Edna May Operations and Ramelius Operations Pty Ltd joined the Closed group by entering the Deed of Cross 
Guarantee by way of an Assumption Deed. In April 2019 Explaurum Limited, Explaurum Operations Pty Ltd, and Ninghan Exploration Pty Ltd 
joined the Closed group by entering the Deed of Cross Guarantee by way of an Assumption Deed.

The effect of the Deed is that Ramelius Resources Limited has guaranteed to pay any deficiency in the event of winding up of the abovementioned 
controlled entities under certain provisions of the Corporations Act 2001. Mt Magnet Gold Pty Ltd, RMSXG Pty Ltd, Ramelius Operations Pty Ltd, 
Edna May Operations Pty Ltd, Marda Operations Pty Ltd, Explaurum Limited, Explaurum Operations Pty Ltd, and Ninghan Exploration Pty Ltd 
have also given a similar guarantee in the event that Ramelius Resources Limited is wound up.

Spectrum Metals Limited is required to prepare an audited financial report for the year ended 30 June 2020 as it was a disclosing entity during the 
year ended 30 June 2020. 

A Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and Consolidated Balance sheet comprising the Closed group which are parties to the Deed 
of Cross Guarantee, after eliminating all transactions between parties to the Deed is set out below.

Statement of comprehensive income

Sales revenue
Cost of production
Gross profit

Other expenses
Other income
Interest income
Finance costs
Profit before income tax

Income tax expense
Profit for the year from continuing operations

Other comprehensive income
Net change in fair value of available-for-sale assets
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

2020
$’000

460,486
(289,358)
171,128

(18,021)
1,346
996
(4,025)
151,424

(36,070)
115,352

655
655

2019
$’000

352,770
(309,161)
43,609

(14,961)
2,125
1,886
(2,193)
30,466

(8,579)
21,887

(50)
(50)

Total comprehensive income for the year

116,009

21,837

133

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other information (continued)

NOTE 30: DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE (continued)

Balance sheet

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Other assets
Total current assets

Non-current assets
Other receivables
Other assets
Available-for-sale financial assets
Property, plant and equipment
Development assets
Exploration and evaluation expenditure
Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Lease liability
Contingent consideration
Tax payable
Provisions
Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Lease liability
Contingent consideration
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions
Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

134

2020
$’000

164,951
3,221
97,553
4,475
270,200

2,745
171,309
624
78,057
208,268
26,038
487,041

757,241

82,126
23,475
16,643
6,262
21,272
9,200
158,978

13,846
6,923
21,061
38,720
80,550

239,528

517,713

370,781
(34,657)
181,589
517,713

2019
$’000

95,815
6,774
41,067
8,629
152,285

1,488
1,488
101
43,823
99,430
98,488
244,818

397,103

44,926
-
-
-
-
6,852
51,778

45,987
12,121
7,741
65,849

117,627

279,476

214,218
(7,642)
72,900
279,476

Ramelius ResourcesNOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other information (continued)

NOTE 31: PARENT ENTITY INFORMATION
The financial information of the parent entity, Ramelius Resources Limited, has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial 
statements, other than investments in controlled entities which were carried at cost less impairment.

(a) Summary financial information
Financial statement for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts:
Current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Reserves
- Share-based payment reserve
- Other reserves
Retained losses
Total equity

(b) Income statement
Profit / (loss) after income tax
Total comprehensive income / (loss)

(c) Commitments
(i) Operating lease commitments
Future minimum rentals payables on non-cancellable leases due:
Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Total operating lease commitments

2020
$’000

161,546
499,027
(34,709)
(27,772)
471,255

370,781

3,288
(317)
97,503
471,255

122,476
122,410

-
-
-

2019
$’000

84,055
214,596
(12,735)
(16,701)
197,895

214,218

2,032
(383)
(17,972)
197,895

(25,104)
(25,154)

351
280
631

(ii) Minimum exploration and evaluation commitments
In order to maintain current rights of tenure to exploration tenements, Ramelius is required to perform minimum exploration work to meet 
minimum expenditure requirements. These obligations are subject to renegotiation and may be farmed out or relinquished. These obligations are 
not provided for in the parent entity financial statements.

Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years
Total minimum exploration and evaluation commitments

2020
$’000

511
1,392
1,404
3,307

2019
$’000

698
1,748
1,742
4,188

135

Annual Report 2020NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other information (continued)

NOTE 31: PARENT ENTITY INFORMATION (continued)

(d) Contingent liabilities
The Directors are of the opinion that the recognition of a provision is not required in respect of the following matters, as it is not probable that a 
future sacrifice of economic benefits will be required, or the amount is not capable of reliable measurement. 

(i) Bank guarantees
Ramelius has negotiated a number of bank guarantees in favour of various government authorities and service providers. The total nominal amount 
of these guarantees at the reporting date is $120,145 (2019: $370,145). These bank guarantees are fully secured by cash on term deposit.

(e) Guarantees in relation to debts of subsidiaries
In December 2011, Ramelius Resources Limited, RMSXG Pty Ltd and Mt Magnet Gold Pty Ltd (the Closed group) entered into a Deed of Cross 
Guarantee. In March 2018 Edna May Operations and Ramelius Operations Pty Ltd joined the Closed group by entering the Deed of Cross 
Guarantee by way of an Assumption Deed. In April 2019 Explaurum Limited, Explaurum Operations Pty Ltd, and Ninghan Exploration Pty Ltd 
joined the Closed group by entering the Deed of Cross Guarantee by way of an Assumption Deed.

The effect of the Deed is that Ramelius has guaranteed to pay any deficiency in the event of winding up of the abovementioned subsidiaries under 
certain provisions of the Corporations Act 2001. The subsidiaries have also given a similar guarantee in the event that Ramelius is wound up.

NOTE 32: ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a) New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
The group has adopted all of the new and revised Standards and Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (the AASB) that are 
relevant to its operations and effective for an accounting period that begins on or after 1 July 2019. 

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 30 June 2020 reporting periods and  
have not been early adopted by the group. These accounting standards and interpretations are detailed below. The group has assessed that these 
new standards and interpretations will not have a material impact on the financial measurement, reporting, nor disclosures of the group’s  
financial report.

AASB 2018-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Definition of Material
These amendments are intended to address concerns that the wording in the definition of ‘material’ was different in the Conceptual  
Framework for Financial Reporting, AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements and AASB 108 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates 
and Errors. 

The amendments address these concerns by:

• Replacing the term ‘could influence’ with ‘could reasonably be expected to influence’.

• Including the concept of ‘obscuring information’ alongside the concepts of ‘omitting’ and ‘misstating’ information in the definition of material.

•  Clarifying that the users to which the definition refers are the primary users of general purpose financial statements referred to in the 

Conceptual Framework.

• Aligning the definition of material across IFRS Standards and other publications. 

AASB 2019-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosure of the Effect of New IFRS Standards Not Yet Issued in Australia
Amends AASB 1054 Australian Additional Disclosures to add a requirement for entities that intend to be compliant with IFRS standards  
to disclose the information required by AASB 108 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors (specifically paragraphs  
30 and 31) for the potential effect of each IFRS pronouncement that has not yet been issued by the AASB. 

136

Ramelius Resources 
 
 
  
DIRECTORS’  
DECLARATION

In the Directors’ opinion: 

(a)  the financial statements and notes set out on pages 83 to 136 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(i)   complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting requirements, and

(ii)   giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2020 and of its performance for the financial year 

ended on that date, and 

(b)  there are reasonable grounds to believe that the company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable, and

(c)   at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the extended Closed group identified in Note 
30 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee 
described in Note 30. 

The ‘About this report’ section of the notes to the financial statements confirms that the financial statements also comply with International 
Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. 

The Directors have been given the declarations by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A of the 
Corporations Act 2001.

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors. 

K J Lines  
Chairman
Perth 
24 August 2020

137

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S  
REPORT

to the members of Ramelius Resources Limited

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

Tower 2, Brookfield Place 
123 St Georges Terrace 
Perth WA 6000 
GPO Box A46 
Perth WA 6837 Australia 

Tel:  +61 8 9365 7000 
Fax:  +61 8 9365 7001 
www.deloitte.com.au 

Independent Auditor’s Report to the members of  
Ramelius Resources Limited 

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report 

Opinion 

We have audited the financial report of Ramelius Resources Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the 
“Group”)  which  comprises  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  at  30  June  2020,  the  consolidated  income 
statement, the consolidated  statement of comprehensive  income, the consolidated statement of changes in 
equity  and  the  consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended,  and  notes  to  the  financial 
statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information, and the 
directors’ declaration.  

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 
including:  

(i)  

giving  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  Group’s  financial  position  as  at  30  June  2020  and  of  its  financial 
performance for the year then ended; and   

(ii)  

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

Basis for Opinion 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  Australian  Auditing  Standards.  Our  responsibilities  under  those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section of 
our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional & Ethical Standards Board’s 
APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with the Code.  

We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, which has been given to 
the directors of the Company, would be in the same terms if given to the directors as at the time of this auditor’s 
report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion. 

Key Audit Matters  

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit 
of the financial report for the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters.  

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific Limited and the Deloitte Network. 

138

Ramelius Resources 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S  
REPORT

to the members of Ramelius Resources Limited

Key Audit Matter 

How the scope of our audit responded to the Key Audit Matter 

Accounting for Development Assets 

As at 30 June 2020, the carrying value of 
development assets amounts to $208.3 
million as disclosed in Note 9.  

During the year the Group incurred 
$107.5 million of capital expenditure 
related to mine development assets and 
recognised related amortisation expenses 
of $77.5 million. 

The accounting for both underground and 
open pit operations includes a number of 
estimates and judgements, including: 

• 

• 

the allocation of mining costs 
between operating and capital 
expenditure; and 
the determination of the units of 
production used to amortise 
mine properties. 

For underground operations, a key driver 
of the allocation of costs between 
operating and capital expenditure is the 
physical mining data associated with the 
different underground mining activities 
including the development of declines, 
lateral and vertical development, as well 
as capital non-sustaining costs. 

The allocation of costs for open pit 
operations is based on the ratio between 
actual ore and waste mined, compared 
with the ratio of expected ore and waste 
mined over the life of the respective open 
pit.  

In respect of the allocation of mining costs our procedures 
included, but were not limited to: 

• 

• 

obtaining an understanding of the key controls 
management has in place in relation to the capitalisation 
of both underground and open pit mining costs and the 
production of physical mining data; and 
on a sample basis, testing the mining costs through 
agreeing to source data. 

In respect of the allocation of mining costs for underground 
operations, our procedures included, but were not limited to: 

• 

assessing the appropriateness of the allocation of costs 
between operating and capital expenditure based on the 
nature of the underlying activity, and recalculating the 
allocation based on the underlying physical data.  

In respect to the deferred stripping costs our procedures included, 
but were not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

assessing the accounting policy against the appropriate 
accounting standards, including AASB 102 Inventories and 
AASB Interpretation 20 Stripping Costs in the Production 
Phase of a Surface Mine; 
assessing the accuracy of the expected stripping ratios by 
agreeing key inputs to Reserves and Resources reports; 
assessing the accuracy of the actual stripping ratios by 
agreeing key inputs to production reports and stockpile 
surveys; and 
assessing the completeness and accuracy of costs 
associated with stripping activities. 

In respect of the Group’s unit of production amortisation 
calculations our procedures included, but were not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

obtaining an understanding of the key controls 
management has in place in relation to the calculation of 
the unit of production amortisation rate; 
testing the mathematical accuracy of the rates applied; 
and 
agreeing the inputs to source documentation, including: 
- 
the allocation of contained ounces to the specific 
mine development assets;  
the contained ounces to the applicable reserves 
statement; and 
the reasonableness of the life of mine plan for the 
development asset. 

- 

- 

We also assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures included 
in Note 9 to the financial statements. 

139

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S  
REPORT

to the members of Ramelius Resources Limited

Key Audit Matter 

How the scope of our audit responded to the Key Audit Matter 

Recognition of Tax Losses 

As disclosed in Note 3(d), the Group 
recognised $10.1 million of deferred tax 
assets during the year ended 30 June 2020 
relating to historic tax losses associated 
with Explaurum Operations Pty Limited 
(“Explaurum”), of which $3.0 million was 
utilised during the year, leaving $7.1 
million remaining unused as at 30 June 
2020.  

The recognition of deferred tax assets 
relating to historic tax losses involves 
significant judgement associated with: 

• 

• 

the availability of these historic 
losses to the Group; and  
the likelihood of the utilisation of 
such tax losses, which amongst 
other things requires the 
generation of sufficient future 
taxable profit by the Group to be 
probable. 

Our procedures, completed in conjunction with our internal tax 
experts included:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

obtaining an understanding of the key controls 
management has in place to assess the availability and 
recoverability of historic tax losses; 
reviewing the advice received from managements 
external tax expert as to the availability of historic 
Explaurum tax losses to the Group; 
assessing the independence, competence and objectivity 
of experts used by management;  
evaluating management’s assessment as to whether it is 
probable that sufficient taxable profit will be generated 
by the Group to utilise historic tax losses relating to 
Explaurum.  These procedures included:  

i) assessing the reasonableness of the available fraction 
applied, which limits the annual rate at which transferred 
losses can be utilised by the Group; 

ii) assessing the forecast taxable profit for reasonableness 
including evaluating the future gold price assumptions for 
reasonableness, comparing the forecast production 
profiles by mine to related to life of mine models and 
resource and reserve statements, and comparing forecast 
operating costs to historical actual results and feasibility 
studies. 

We also assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures included 
in Note 3(d) to the financial statements. 

Other Information 

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information.  The  other  information  comprises  the 
information included in the Group’s annual report for the year ended 30 June 2020, but does not 
include the financial report and our auditor’s report thereon.  

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon.  

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.  

140

Ramelius Resources 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S  
REPORT

to the members of Ramelius Resources Limited

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of 
the financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.  

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using 
the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to 
cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.  

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report  

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that 
an audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 
misstatement  when  it  exists.  Misstatements  can  arise  from  fraud  or  error  and  are  considered 
material  if,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  they  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  influence  the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report. 

As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional 
judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:   

• 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due 
to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain 
audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk 
of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting 
from  error,  as 
intentional  omissions, 
involve  collusion, 
fraud  may 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.  

forgery, 

•  Obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  relevant  to  the  audit  in  order  to  design  audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing 
an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.  

• 

Evaluate  the  appropriateness  of  accounting  policies  used  and  the  reasonableness  of 
accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.  

•  Conclude  on  the  appropriateness  of  the  directors’  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of 
accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists 
related  to  events  or  conditions  that  may  cast  significant  doubt  on  the  Group’s  ability  to 
continue  as  a  going  concern.  If  we  conclude  that  a  material  uncertainty  exists,  we  are 
required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial 
report  or,  if  such  disclosures  are  inadequate,  to  modify  our  opinion.  Our  conclusions  are 
based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future 
events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.  

• 

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the 
disclosures,  and  whether  the  financial  report  represents  the  underlying  transactions  and 
events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.  

•  Obtain  sufficient  appropriate  audit  evidence  regarding  the  financial  information  of  the 
entities or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. 
We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group’s audit. We 
remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. 

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing 
of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control 
that we identify during our audit.  

141

Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S  
REPORT

to the members of Ramelius Resources Limited

We  also  provide  the  directors  with  a  statement  that  we  have  complied  with  relevant  ethical 
requirements  regarding independence,  and  to  communicate  with them  all  relationships  and  other 
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions 
taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.  

From the matters communicated with the directors, we determine those matters that were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial report of the current period and are therefore the key audit 
matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public 
disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter 
should  not  be  communicated  in  our  report  because  the  adverse  consequences  of  doing  so  would 
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

Report on the Remuneration Report 

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 70 to 79 of the Directors’ Report for 
the year ended 30 June 2020.  

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Ramelius Resources Limited, for the year ended 30 June 
2020, complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.  

Responsibilities  

The  directors  of  the  Company  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  and  presentation  of  the 
Remuneration  Report  in  accordance  with  section  300A  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.  

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 

David Newman 
Partner 
Chartered Accountants 
Perth, 24 August 2020 

142

Ramelius Resources 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHAREHOLDER  
INFORMATION

Additional Information required by the Australian Securities Exchange Limited Listing Rules and not disclosed elsewhere in this report is set out 
below.

Shareholdings as at 12 October 2020

Substantial shareholders
The number of shares held by substantial shareholders and their associates as disclosed in substantial holding notices given to the Company are set 
out below:

Substantial shareholder

Van Eck Associates Corporation              
Ruffer LLP
Vanguard Group                                              

Voting Rights

Number of fully paid ordinary shares held

78,149,819
54,920,903
42,747,141

Fully paid ordinary shares
Other than voting exclusions as required by the Corporations Act 2001 and subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any class of shares, at a 
meeting of members, on a show of hands, each member present (in person, by proxy, attorney or representative) has one vote and on a poll, each 
member present (in person, by proxy, attorney or representative) has one vote for each fully paid share they hold.

Options and Performance Rights
There are no options on issue by the Company.

Details of performance rights on issue by the Company as at 12 October 2020 are as follows:

Expiry date

01/07/2024*
01/07/2025*
11/06/2026*
01/07/2026*
01/07/2027*
01/07/2028#
01/07/2029#

Exercise price               Number of Performance Rights

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

101,138
129,593
500,000
241,043
1,095,275
3,758,508
3,361,661

Performance rights holders will be entitled on payment of the exercise price shown above to be allotted one ordinary fully paid share in the 
Company for each performance right exercised.

*   These performance rights are exercisable in whole or in part at any time until the expiry date. Any performance rights not exercised before expiry will lapse.

#  These performance rights are subject to vesting conditions and once vested are exercisable in whole or in part at any time until the expiry date. Any vested performance 

rights not exercised before expiry will lapse. 

143

Annual Report 2020SHAREHOLDER  
INFORMATION (continued)

Distribution of equity security holders

Ordinary shares

Range

1 - 1,000
1,001 - 5,000
5,001 - 10,000
10,001 - 100,000
100,001 Over
Rounding
Total

Unmarketable parcels

Range 

Total Holders

2,358
3,262
1,564
2,679
413

10,276

Units

1,081,749
9,356,242
12,677,564
86,722,073
698,984,083

808,821,711

Minimum Parcel Size              

Holders    

Minimum $ 500.00 parcel at $ 2.200 per unit

228

730

Units

0.13
1.16
1.57
10.72
86.42
0.00
100.00

 Units

34,180

Performance Rights

Holders of 
Unquoted  
1 July 2024
Performance 
Rights    

Holders of 
Unquoted  
1 July 2025
Performance 
Rights 

Holders of 
Unquoted  
11 June 2026
Performance 
Rights       

Holders of 
Unquoted  
1 July 2026
Performance 
Rights   

Holders of 
Unquoted  
1 July 2027
Performance 
Rights  

Holders of 
Unquoted  
1 July 2028
Performance 
Rights 

Holders of 
Unquoted 
1 July 2029 
Performance 
Rights

-
-
-
-
1
1

-
-
-
2
-
2

-
-
-

1
1

-
-
-
2
1
3

-
-
-
-
5
5

-
-
-
12
13
25

-
-
-
17
10
27

Category

1 - 1000
1001 - 5,000
5001 – 10,000
10,001 – 100,000
100,001 and over
Total security holders

On market buy-back
There is no current on-market buy-back.

144

Ramelius ResourcesSHAREHOLDER  
INFORMATION (continued)

Twenty largest shareholders
The name of the 20 largest holders of fully paid ordinary shares constituting a class of quoted equity securities on the Australian Securities 
Exchange Limited including the number and percentage held by those holders at 12 October 2020 are as follows:

Rank Name

Units

% Units

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED
J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED
NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 
STRAMIG HOLDINGS PTY LTD
BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 
WEST TRADE ENTERPRISES PTY LTD 
MR RICHARD ARTHUR LOCKWOOD
PATINA RESOURCES PTY LTD
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 
WARBONT NOMINEES PTY LTD 
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED-GSCO ECA
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 
MRS AMANDA JANE CROSER 
NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 
MR LEONID CHARUCKYJ
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED
MS BO XU
MARICH NOMINEES PTY LTD 

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Total top 20 holders of ordinary fully paid shares
Total remaining holders balance

Unquoted and restricted equity securities

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares
There are no unquoted restricted fully paid ordinary shares on issue.

323,338,274
109,878,277
59,737,941
26,798,973
10,775,044
9,500,000
7,114,422
5,515,333
4,500,000
3,840,909
3,378,333
3,285,419
2,230,528
2,200,284
2,166,667
1,993,620
1,926,674
1,641,590
1,550,000
1,543,000
582,915,288
225,906,423

39.98
13.58
7.39
3.31
1.33
1.17
0.88
0.68
0.56
0.47
0.42
0.41
0.28
0.27
0.27
0.25
0.24
0.20
0.19
0.19
72.07
27.93

Performance Rights
Details of options and performance rights on issue as at 12 October 2020 which are unquoted restricted securities held by employees as long-
term incentives are as follows.

Date until securities are 
restricted

01/07/2024*
01/07/2025*
11/06/2026*
01/07/2026*
01/07/2027*
01/07/2028**
01/07/2029**

Number of 
unquoted 

securities on issue     Number of holders

Vesting Date     

Exercise price  

Exercisable until 

101,138
129,593
500,000
241,043
1,095,275
3,758,508
3,361,661

1
2
1
3
5
25
27

-
-
-
-
-
01/07/2021
01/07/2022

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

01/07/2024
01/07/2025
11/06/2026
01/07/2026
01/07/2027
01/07/2028
01/07/2029

* These securities are vested performance rights which may not be transferred or used as collateral.

** These securities are unvested performance rights exercisable when vested which may not be transferred or used as collateral

Annual Report 2020 145

R

A

M

E

L

I

U

S

R

E

S

O

U

R

C

E

S

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

2

0

RAMELIUS RESOURCES LIMITED

ACN 001 717 540 
ABN 51 001 717 540

Level 1, 130 Royal Street 
EAST PERTH WA 6004 
PO Box 6070 EAST PERTH WA 6892

Telephone: (08) 9202 1127 
Email: ramelius@rameliusresources.com.au 
Website: www.rameliusresources.com.au